Selected quad for the lemma: kingdom_n

Word A	Word B	Word C	Word D	Occurrence	Frequency Band	MI	MI Band	Prominent
kingdom_n	antichrist_n	chapter_n	verse_n	1,880	5	10.1128	5	false

Text snippets containing the quad

ID	Title	Author	Corrected Date of Publication (TCP Date of Publication)	STC	Words	Pages
A44277	Apokalypsis anastaseōs The resurrection revealed, or, The dawnings of the day-star about to rise and radiate a visible incomparable glory far beyond any since the creation upon the universal church on earth for a thousand yeers yet to come, before the ultimate day of the general judgement to the raising of the Jewes, and ruine of all antichristian and secular powers, that do not love the members of Christ, submit to his laws and advance his interest in this design : digested into seven bookes with a synopsis of the whole treatise and two tables, 1 of scriptures, 2 of things, opened in this treatise / by Dr. Nathanael Homes.	Homes, Nathanael, 1599-1678.	1653 (1653)	Wing H2560; ESTC R4259	649,757	646

reason_n against_o what_o i_o have_v propound_v §_o 8_o now_o to_o return_v to_o and_o go_v on_o upon_o this_o seven_o of_o daniel_n of_o these_o four_o beast_n answer_v to_o the_o image_n in_o chap._n 2._o of_o the_o four_o metal_n three_o eat_v up_o as_o pharoahs_n kine_n on_o another_o the_o next_o thing_n that_o offer_v itself_o to_o consideration_n be_v who_o or_o what_o it_o be_v that_o destroy_v the_o survive_a four_o the_o throne_n ver_fw-la 9_o be_v set_v so_o we_o must_v read_v it_o as_o we_o have_v prove_v afore_o 3._o afore_o lib_fw-la 3._o cap._n 2._o sect._n 3_o §._o 3._o and_o since_o mr._n mede_n come_v forth_o have_v assert_v the_o same_o with_o we_o as_o we_o hear_v but_o now_o s._n 1_o god_n the_o father_n sit_v call_v the_o ancient_n of_o day_n as_o out-living_a all_o empire_n and_o be_v say_v to_o have_v garment_n as_o white_a as_o snow_n allude_v to_o the_o white_a of_o judge_n and_o ruler_n in_o their_o white_a meniver_n import_v his_o righteousness_n in_o judge_v his_o hair_n be_v say_v to_o be_v white_a as_o wool_n note_v the_o gravity_n and_o solidity_n of_o his_o wisdom_n his_o throne_n a_o fiery_a flame_n and_o his_o wheel_n as_o burn_a fire_n signify_v that_o his_o sentence_n of_o judgement_n be_v swift_a and_o severe_a in_o execution_n according_a to_o his_o mind_n and_o will_n the_o fiery_a stream_n issue_v out_o and_o come_v forth_o from_o before_o he_o note_v the_o continuation_n of_o execution_n till_o all_o his_o mind_n be_v fulfil_v the_o thousand_o thousand_o minister_a unto_o he_o etc._n etc._n signify_v the_o assession_n assent_n and_o assistance_n of_o saint_n and_o angel_n in_o that_o execution_n 1_o cor._n 6.2_o 3._o §_o 9_o after_o this_o description_n of_o the_o posture_n of_o this_o judicature_n it_o follow_v to_o the_o twelve_o verse_n concern_v the_o act_n of_o this_o judicature_n for_o take_v it_o for_o a_o considerable_a rule_n when_o the_o lord_n be_v to_o do_v some_o notable_a thing_n for_o his_o people_n or_o against_o their_o enemy_n it_o be_v represent_v in_o scripture_n in_o the_o form_n of_o a_o day_n of_o judgement_n deut._n 33.2_o job_n 1._o psal_n 50._o judas_n ver_fw-la 14._o the_o judgement_n or_o judicature_n be_v set_v and_o the_o book_n be_v open_v as_o aforesaid_a daniel_n behold_v till_o the_o beast_n be_v slay_v and_o his_o body_n destroy_v and_o give_v to_o the_o burn_a flame_n that_o be_v the_o judicature_n sit_v on_o purpose_n to_o condemn_v and_o execute_v that_o be_v to_o destroy_v the_o four_o beast_n with_o ten_o horn_n the_o antichristian_a roman_a monarchy_n divide_v into_o seven_o and_o three_o horn_n oppose_v christ_n kingdom_n with_o papal_a and_o mahometan_a heresy_n and_o tyranny_n and_o this_o judicature_n sit_v ver_fw-la 26._o to_o destroy_v the_o ten_o horn_n divide_v into_o seven_o and_o three_o ver_fw-la 24_o 25._o and_o to_o consume_v they_o unto_o the_o end_n as_o the_o connexion_n of_o those_o three_o last_o name_v verse_n evident_o give_v in_o the_o meaning_n be_v that_o upon_o the_o total_a of_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o both_o his_o limb_n or_o part_n of_o turk_n and_o pope_n in_o both_o his_o power_n secular_a and_o religious_a alias_o irreligious_a must_v be_v a_o continual_a destruction_n till_o a_o full_a end_n of_o his_o ruin_n be_v complete_v the_o open_n of_o the_o book_n signify_v a_o open_a discovery_n of_o this_o beast_n and_o of_o all_o his_o limb_n and_o all_o his_o impiety_n to_o they_o that_o afore_o admire_v adore_a or_o obsequious_o submit_v to_o he_o and_o to_o all_o other_o that_o will_v come_v in_o to_o the_o lord_n christ_n and_o his_o cause_n to_o give_v the_o say_a beast_n a_o proportionable_a reward_n observe_v that_o it_o be_v say_v in_o the_o nine_o and_o ten_o ver_fw-la that_o daniel_n behold_v the_o four_o beast_n till_o the_o judicature_n be_v set_v and_o the_o book_n be_v open_v and_o ver_fw-la 11._o he_o behold_v till_o the_o beast_n be_v slay_v which_o seem_v to_o i_o apt_o to_o set_v forth_o that_o though_o a_o deadly_a blow_n be_v give_v to_o the_o beast_n at_o the_o first_o erect_v of_o the_o throne_n of_o judicature_n yet_o his_o destruction_n come_v on_o by_o degree_n and_o be_v not_o complete_v till_o the_o end_n of_o the_o strive_n mention_v dan._n 12._o ver_fw-la 1._o compare_v with_o ver_fw-la 11_o 12._o to_o understand_v this_o more_o clear_o this_o four_o beast_n say_v the_o text_n be_v various_a and_o strange_a from_o all_o the_o rest_n as_o aforesaid_a it_o have_v ten_o horn_n and_o among_o they_o come_v up_o another_o little_a horn_n break_v off_o three_o of_o the_o ten_o all_o which_o apt_o may_v signify_v these_o three_o thing_n 1._o the_o roman_a empire_n 2._o the_o papacy_n rise_v out_o of_o that_o 3._o the_o turkish_a state_n rising_z out_o of_o both_o as_o have_v be_v touch_v afore_o now_o the_o two_o first_o grow_v into_o one_o the_o papacy_n swallow_v up_o the_o emperialtie_n may_v be_v destroy_v at_o the_o first_o set_v of_o the_o judicature_n the_o three_o the_o turkish_a dynastie_n or_o power_n may_v immediate_o after_o begin_v to_o fall_v and_o so_o fall_v more_o and_o more_o before_o the_o jew_n the_o gentile_n assist_v they_o till_o it_o be_v full_o down_o which_o gradual_a seem_v to_o be_v further_o hint_v in_o ver_fw-la 11._o first_o the_o beast_n be_v slay_v 2._o his_o body_n be_v destroy_v 3._o give_v to_o the_o burn_a sure_o enough_o to_o humane_a reason_n it_o seem_v probable_a the_o papacy_n shall_v first_o down_v who_o imagery_n and_o idolatry_n be_v the_o great_a offence_n hinder_v the_o jew_n from_o turn_v christian_n and_o to_o stand_v up_o for_o their_o deliverance_n in_o this_o gradual_a destruction_n of_o antichrist_n in_o the_o general_a mr._n parker_n on_o daniel_n do_v full_o concur_v with_o i_o 33._o i_o mr._n parker_n in_o vis_fw-fr &_o prophe_n exp._n p._n 32_o 33._o and_o he_o go_v on_o confident_o thus_o far_o further_a as_o to_o assert_v that_o this_o gradual_a ruin_n of_o antichrist_n shall_v be_v in_o act_v the_o space_n of_o those_o forty_o five_o year_n hint_v in_o dan._n 12.11.12_o from_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o ninety_o to_o one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o five_o which_o be_v just_a forty_o five_o year_n of_o which_o computation_n more_o after_o but_o have_v see_v daniel_n vision_n of_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n next_o in_o verse_n the_o thirteen_o he_o show_v we_o in_o a_o further_a vision_n who_o take_v the_o kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n with_o a_o explication_n of_o all_o former_a passage_n in_o this_o chapter_n §_o 10_o but_o it_o seem_v by_o the_o twelve_o verse_n that_o the_o former_a three_o monarchy_n be_v not_o destroy_v in_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o four_o for_o daniel_n have_v show_v we_o in_o the_o eleven_o verse_n that_o the_o four_o beast_n be_v slay_v and_o his_o body_n be_v give_v to_o the_o burn_a follow_v on_o present_o in_o the_o twelve_o verse_n tell_v we_o that_o as_o concern_v the_o rest_n of_o the_o beast_n they_o have_v their_o dominion_n take_v away_o yet_o their_o life_n be_v prolong_v for_o a_o season_n and_o a_o time_n we_o answer_v 1._o if_o we_o keep_v close_o to_o the_o word_n of_o the_o original_n then_o thus_o we_o must_v render_v it_o just_a as_o there_o word_n for_o word_n and_o they_o take_v away_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o beast_n for_o example_n for_o chal._n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o like_o materia_fw-la prima_fw-la as_o mr._n mede_n speak_v accept_v of_o many_o signification_n and_o stand_v as_o a_o causal_n in_o many_o place_n of_o scripture_n as_o psa_n 60.11_o isa_n 64.5_o isa_n 39.1_o comp_n 2_o king_n 20.12_o where_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o i_o say_v be_v turn_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v undeniable_o apparent_a example_n length_n of_o life_n be_v give_v to_o they_o but_o for_o a_o time_n and_o season_n the_o word_n be_v a_o answer_n to_o a_o suppose_a question_n that_o may_v be_v put_v viz._n and_o what_o might_n some_o say_v become_v of_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o beast_n why_o say_v daniel_n they_o that_o be_v each_o from_o one_o another_o the_o latter_a from_o the_o former_a take_v away_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o rest_n residue_n or_o remainder_n for_o it_o be_v grant_v unto_o they_o by_o the_o ancient_a of_o day_n vers_n 9_o to_o live_v in_o person_n and_o power_n but_o for_o a_o time_n and_o a_o season_n all_o which_o daniel_n vision_n present_v to_o set_v forth_o antithetical_o the_o excellency_n of_o this_o five_o kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n that_o it_o be_v free_a from_o all_o such_o shortening_n and_o in_o that_o sense_n to_o be_v for_o ever_o yea_o material_o in_o the_o person_n and_o felicity_n to_o be_v

general_a judgement_n because_o then_o be_v a_o total_a destruction_n not_o a_o appearance_n for_o conversion_n of_o they_o that_o be_v find_v in_o unbelief_n then_o be_v the_o saint_n full_a enjoyment_n of_o utmost_a glory_n not_o their_o strive_v with_o the_o nation_n then_o christ_n lay_v down_o all_o power_n 1_o cor._n 15._o therefore_o do_v not_o put_v power_n into_o the_o hand_n of_o his_o people_n sect_n xi_o the_o eleven_o place_n in_o the_o new_a testament_n be_v revel_v 3.21_o to_o he_o that_o over-cometh_a will_v i_o grant_v to_o sit_v with_o i_o in_o my_o throne_n even_o as_o i_o also_o over-came_a and_o be_o set_v down_o with_o my_o father_n in_o his_o throne_n §_o 1_o what_o can_v we_o make_v of_o this_o text_n unless_o we_o understand_v the_o saint_n viz._n sincere_a soul_n and_o cordial_a christian_n that_o persevere_v to_o the_o end_n reign_v with_o christ_n on_o earth_n as_o it_o be_v by_o and_o by_o add_v chap._n 5.10_o which_o the_o four_o animal_n and_o twenty_o four_o elder_n express_v in_o a_o song_n of_o praise_n to_o christ_n thou_o have_v make_v we_o unto_o our_o god_n king_n and_o priest_n and_o we_o shall_v reign_v on_o earth_n on_o which_o our_o new_a annotation_n confess_v that_o this_o may_v signify_v the_o prosperous_a time_n of_o the_o church_n under_o christian_a king_n and_o emperor_n dan._n 7.27_o which_o place_n as_o we_o have_v large_o afore_o demonstrate_v etc._n demonstrate_v pag._n 126._o s._n 4._o &_o p._n 127_o etc._n etc._n again_o p._n 249_o sect._n 36._o etc._n etc._n do_v plain_o signify_v the_o glorious_a state_n of_o the_o church_n on_o earth_n yet_o to_o come_v psa_n 37.11_o but_o the_o meek_a shall_v inherit_v the_o earth_n matth._n 5.5_o bless_a be_v the_o meek_a for_o they_o shall_v inherit_v the_o earth_n thus_o they_o which_o must_v signify_v a_o state_n to_o come_v as_o the_o expression_n be_v in_o the_o future_a tense_n and_o experience_n show_v we_o that_o in_o past_a time_n the_o meek_a have_v not_o in_o the_o general_a inherit_v the_o earth_n but_o in_o all_o age_n have_v be_v sore_o disturb_v and_o distress_a that_o state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n have_v not_o yet_o come_v for_o it_o follow_v in_o this_o text_n deep_o to_o be_v consider_v that_o §_o 2_o it_o be_v grant_v here_o by_o christ_n himself_o that_o as_o he_o be_v god_n and_o man_n he_o have_v not_o hitherto_o sit_v upon_o his_o own_o throne_n but_o upon_o his_o father_n throne_n the_o high_a heaven_n of_o glory_n shall_v seem_v be_v the_o father_n throne_n as_o it_o be_v oft_o express_v in_o the_o old_a testament_n psal_n 11.4_o isa_n 66.1_o etc._n etc._n and_o there_o christ_n be_v now_o coloss_n 3.1_o but_o the_o time_n be_v yet_o to_o come_v according_a to_o the_o future_a expression_n of_o the_o text_n long_o after_o christ_n ascension_n that_o christ_n must_v have_v a_o throne_n of_o his_o own_o on_o which_o together_o with_o he_o those_o that_o overcome_v shall_v sit_v §_o 3_o now_o this_o must_v needs_o be_v on_o earth_n because_o after_o the_o judgement_n day_n on_o earth_n rev._n 20.11_o etc._n etc._n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n christ_n lay_v down_o all_o his_o power_n 1_o cor._n 15.24_o 28._o sect_n xii_o the_o twelve_o and_o last_o place_n in_o the_o new_a testament_n which_o we_o shall_v urge_v for_o this_o particular_a under_o consideration_n be_v revel_v the_o 18._o &_o 19_o chapter_n §_o 1_o the_o prophecy_n whereof_o be_v not_o yet_o fulfil_v to_o this_o day_n so_o long_o since_o the_o ascension_n of_o christ_n ¶_o 1._o note_v that_o ver_fw-la 2._o of_o the_o eighteen_o chapter_n where_o it_o be_v say_v babylon_n be_v fall_v be_v fall_v for_o whether_o we_o understand_v new_a babylon_n figurative_o so_o call_v viz._n rome_n describe_v by_o she_o seven_o hill_n and_o seven_o sort_n of_o government_n and_o the_o ten_o kingdom_n under_o the_o seven_o rev._n 17.9_o 10_o 11_o 12._o or_o old_a babylon_n proper_o so_o name_v viz._n where_o the_o jew_n be_v hold_v captive_a neither_o of_o they_o since_o this_o prophecy_n be_v so_o fall_v as_o be_v describe_v in_o the_o follow_a verse_n of_o this_o chapter_n of_o which_o by_o and_o by_o but_o still_o the_o popish_a antichrist_n possess_v the_o one_o and_o the_o turkish_a the_o other_o and_o both_o in_o the_o ruff_n to_o this_o very_a day_n ¶_o 2._o nor_o be_v that_o in_o the_o four_o and_o six_o verse_n yet_o fulfil_v wherein_o the_o people_n of_o god_n be_v command_v say_v reward_v she_o even_o as_o she_o reward_v you_o and_o double_a unto_o her_o double_a according_a to_o her_o work_n and_o the_o cup_n which_o she_o have_v fill_v fill_v to_o her_o double_a for_o the_o people_n of_o god_n have_v not_o yet_o reward_v she_o either_o old_a or_o new_a babylon_n single_a but_o as_o ver_fw-la 7._o she_o glorify_v herself_o and_o live_v delicious_o yea_o and_o oppress_v the_o people_n of_o god_n ¶_o 3._o nor_o be_v that_o yet_o fulfil_v vers_fw-la 8._o that_o her_o plague_n have_v come_v in_o one_o day_n viz._n death_n and_o mourn_v and_o famine_n and_o utter_v burn_v but_o she_o both_o elder_a and_o young_a stand_v in_o great_a glory_n to_o this_o day_n ¶_o 4._o nor_o be_v that_o yet_o fulfil_v ver_fw-la 9_o that_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n that_o have_v commit_v spiritual_a fornication_n and_o live_v delicious_o with_o she_o shall_v bewail_v she_o and_o lament_v for_o she_o see_v the_o smoke_n of_o she_o burn_v but_o general_o they_o rejoice_v with_o she_o and_o for_o her_o glory_n in_o which_o she_o be_v at_o this_o day_n ¶_o 5._o nor_o be_v that_o yet_o fulfil_v mention_v from_o verse_n eleven_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o nineteenth_o of_o the_o mourning_n of_o the_o merchant_n over_o her_o destruction_n by_o fire_n stand_v afar_o off_o crying_z alas_o alas_o but_o contrariwise_o they_o flock_v to_o she_o trade_n with_o she_o and_o admire_v her_o glory_n it_o be_v true_a the_o goth_n and_o vandal_n have_v conquer_v new_a babylon_n and_o spoil_v she_o as_o we_o mention_v afore_o but_o not_o she_o nor_o old_a babylon_n be_v yet_o total_o destroy_v by_o fire_n that_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o candle_n see_v or_o millstone_n hear_v in_o they_o ver_fw-la 20._o &_o 22._o but_o both_o flourish_n with_o great_a glory_n in_o their_o dominion_n over_o the_o people_n of_o god_n ¶_o 6._o nor_o be_v that_o in_o the_o twenty_o verse_n yet_o fulfil_v that_o the_o holy_a apostle_n and_o prophet_n have_v yet_o since_o this_o text_n be_v pen_v ever_o rejoice_v in_o the_o destruction_n of_o either_o babylon_n but_o both_o babylon_n do_v yet_o triumph_v in_o their_o own_o prosperity_n and_o power_n over_o the_o nation_n and_o among_o they_o over_o many_o saint_n vers_fw-la 7._o yea_o the_o rejoice_v of_o the_o apostle_n and_o prophet_n over_o babylon_n destruction_n do_v signify_v one_o will_v think_v the_o triumph_n of_o the_o church_n over_o their_o enemy_n on_o earth_n at_o the_o first_o resurrection_n of_o which_o we_o have_v so_o large_o speak_v afore_o for_o when_o else_o possible_o can_v the_o prophet_n and_o apostle_n rejoice_v over_o the_o destruction_n of_o babylon_n §_o 2_o ##_o for_o so_o it_o follow_v in_o the_o nineteenth_o chapter_n and_o first_o seven_o verse_n speak_v over_o four_o time_n haleluia_o that_o be_v as_o it_o be_v english_v in_o verse_n the_o five_o praise_n you_o god_n which_o praise_n be_v give_v to_o god_n by_o the_o four_o animal_n and_o twenty_o four_o elder_n and_o of_o a_o great_a multitude_n why_o because_o god_n judgement_n be_v righteous_a and_o true_a wherein_o because_o he_o have_v judge_v the_o great_a whore_n which_o do_v corrupt_v the_o earth_n and_o have_v avenge_v the_o blood_n of_o the_o saint_n at_o her_o hand_n and_o he_o the_o lord_n god_n omnipotent_a reign_v and_o the_o marriage_n of_o the_o lamb_n be_v come_v and_o his_o wife_n have_v make_v herself_o ready_a ¶_o 1._o which_o last_o clause_n clear_o relate_v to_o the_o first_o resurrection_n wherein_o all_o the_o saint_n rise_v so_o that_o the_o ruin_n of_o babylon_n and_o the_o raise_n of_o the_o saint_n immediate_o concur_v with_o the_o sorrow_n of_o the_o one_o and_o the_o triumph_n of_o the_o other_o but_o these_o have_v not_o be_v fulfil_v to_o this_o day_n as_o the_o contrary_a face_n of_o thing_n give_v evident_a testimony_n ¶_o 2._o nor_o be_v that_o fulfil_v from_o the_o eight_o verse_n of_o the_o nineteenth_o chapter_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n of_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o church_n of_o the_o glorious_a appearance_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o the_o corporal_a destruction_n of_o all_o whatsoever_o that_o take_v part_n against_o christ_n and_o his_o church_n large_o discuss_v afore_o more_o than_o once_o out_o of_o this_o chapter_n but_o these_o thing_n as_o sure_a as_o christ_n be_v the_o

seat_n be_v put_v and_o so_o the_o last_o and_o best_a low-dutch_a stoclen_a gesette●_n werden_fw-ge so_o that_o by_o all_o it_o appear_v that_o this_o be_v a_o vision_n of_o material_a throne_n and_o of_o they_o set_v up_o set_z or_o settle_v for_o divine_a power_n to_o sit_v upon_o which_o be_v exceed_o confirm_v by_o verse_n 10._o and_o 26._o where_o we_o have_v the_o sit_v of_o the_o judgement_n or_o judicature_n and_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n do_v sit_v and_o i_o see_v and_o behold_v one_o like_o the_o son_n of_o man_n come_v with_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n and_o come_v to_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n and_o they_o bring_v he_o near_o before_o he_o and_o there_o be_v give_v he_o dominion_n and_o glory_n and_o a_o kingdom_n etc._n etc._n and_o the_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n and_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a etc._n etc._n let_v we_o for_o the_o advantage_n of_o the_o general_a work_n in_o hand_n and_o the_o particular_a point_n now_o under_o consideration_n weigh_v these_o two_o place_n together_o in_o the_o semblance_n of_o both_o vision_n in_o the_o circumstance_n of_o both_o and_o in_o the_o sameness_n of_o intent_n in_o both_o ¶_o 1_o in_o the_o semblance_n or_o likeness_n of_o both_o vision_n in_o sundry_a particular_n 1_o semblance_n i_o behold_v till_o the_o throne_n be_v set_v and_o why_o throne_n in_o the_o plural_a and_o for_o who_o these_o many_o throne_n be_v set_v in_o the_o vision_n one_o for_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n who_o throne_n be_v like_o a_o fiery_a flame_n v._o 9_o another_z for_o the_o son_n of_o man_z who_o come_v to_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n and_o they_o bring_v he_o near_o before_o he_o and_o there_o be_v give_v he_o dominion_n and_o glory_n and_o a_o kingdom_n and_o all_o people_n nation_n and_o language_n to_o serve_v he_o v._o 13_o 14._o the_o rest_n for_o the_o ten_o thousand_o time_n ten_o thousand_o that_o stand_v before_o he_o verse_n 10._o viz._n the_o people_z of_o the_o saint_n to_o who_o the_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n etc._n etc._n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n be_v give_v under_o christ_n the_o aforesaid_a son_n of_o man_n vers_n 27._o so_o rev._n 20.4_o i_o see_v throne_n the_o second_o semblance_n be_v that_o in_o dan._n 7._o v._n 10._o where_o it_o follow_v the_o judgement_n or_o judicature_n be_v set_v which_o confirm_v that_o our_o read_n of_o the_o former_a verse_n that_o be_v the_o judge_n sit_v as_o in_o the_o great_a sanedrim_n as_o after_o in_o vers_n 26._o and_o 27._o the_o judgement_n sit_v the_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n and_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n be_v give_v to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a in_o like_a manner_n in_o rev._n 20.4_o it_o be_v say_v by_o john_n i_o see_v say_v he_o those_o that_o sit_v on_o the_o throne_n viz._n those_o that_o have_v be_v behead_v for_o the_o witness_n of_o jesus_n and_o those_o which_o have_v not_o worship_v the_o beast_n etc._n etc._n nor_o receive_v his_o mark_n etc._n etc._n three_o semblance_n be_v in_o dan._n 7.22_o judgement_n be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a and_o the_o time_n come_v that_o the_o saint_n possess_v the_o kingdom_n in_o like_a manner_n rev._n 20.4_o it_o be_v say_v judgement_n be_v give_v to_o they_o viz._n to_o the_o saint_n aforesaid_a that_o have_v oppose_v antichrist_n sit_v upon_o the_o throne_n as_o paul_n say_v 1_o cor._n 6.2_o the_o saint_n shall_v judge_v the_o world_n four_o semblance_n in_o dan._n 7.22_o it_o be_v say_v the_o saint_n possess_v the_o kingdom_n viz._n under_o christ_n to_o who_o it_o be_v first_o in_o order_n give_v vers_fw-la 14._o which_o can_v be_v at_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n when_o he_o resign_v all_o and_o therefore_o the_o saint_n than_o have_v no_o kingdom_n subject_a to_o they_o just_o so_o it_o be_v say_v rev._n 20.4_o the_o saint_n live_v and_o reign_v with_o christ_n a_o thousand_o year_n which_o must_v be_v before_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n at_o which_o time_n john_n say_v time_n shall_v be_v no_o more_o and_o paul_n say_v 1_o cor._n 15._o there_o be_v no_o more_o reign_v by_o any_o but_o by_o god_n alone_o that_o then_o must_v be_v all_o in_o all_o thus_o of_o the_o semblance_n ¶_o 2_o the_o next_o thing_n be_v the_o circumstance_n viz._n 1_o the_o signal_n or_o note_v when_o this_o shall_v be_v namely_o when_o the_o son_n of_o man_n shall_v come_v in_o or_o with_o the_o cloud_n dan._n 7.13_o in_o like_a manner_n the_o signal_n or_o note_n be_v in_o the_o rev._n chap._n 1.7_o where_o it_o be_v say_v as_o the_o general_a proposition_n to_o the_o whole_a prophecy_n christ_n shall_v be_v see_v in_o the_o cloud_n at_o his_o come_n to_o set_v up_o this_o kingdom_n which_o be_v explain_v according_a to_o our_o sense_n rev._n 20._o v._n 1._o that_o christ_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n when_o he_o restrain_v satan_n and_o give_v this_o honour_n to_o the_o saint_n of_o reign_v with_o he_o 2_o the_o time_n itself_o the_o time_n be_v say_v dan._n 7.25_o after_o a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_o a_o time_n of_o the_o powerful_a prevayl_v of_o antichrist_n whether_o you_o understand_v one_o limb_n viz._n the_o jewish_a eastern_a the_o turk_n call_v vers_fw-la 24._o that_o same_o another_z that_o arise_v and_o subdue_v three_o of_o the_o ten_o king_n or_o both_o viz._n the_o western_a the_o christian_n antichrist_n also_o viz._n the_o pope_n express_v in_o the_o ten_o horn_n or_o king_n of_o his_o kingdom_n v._o 24._o it_o make_v no_o matter_n if_o we_o mind_n our_o large_a discourse_n afore_o of_o the_o identity_n of_o both_o and_o suitable_o in_o the_o revelation_n 11._o it_o be_v say_v that_o after_o the_o witness_n have_v prophesy_v in_o sackcloth_n one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n because_o the_o woman_n the_o church_n be_v persecute_v by_o antichrist_n rev._n 12.6_o for_o the_o space_n of_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n which_o in_o vers_fw-la 24._o be_v call_v a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_o a_o time_n because_o antichrist_n have_v power_n so_o long_o to_o prevail_v viz._n two_o and_o forty_o month_n rev._n 13.5_o which_o be_v all_o one_o with_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n or_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_o a_o time_n as_o here_o mean_v in_o the_o revelation_n i_o say_v after_o this_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_o a_o time_n it_o be_v here_o say_v in_o that_o rev._n 11.15_o that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n be_v become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ_n and_o of_o the_o saint_n share_v in_o this_o reign_v vers_fw-la 18._o the_o three_o circumstance_n be_v the_o order_n of_o thing_n in_o this_o time_n viz._n that_o in_o dan._n 7._o v._n 3._o etc._n etc._n to_o v._o 9_o there_o must_v be_v four_o beast_n come_v up_o from_o the_o sea_n 1_o a_o lion_n 2_o a_o bear_n 3_o a_o leopard_n 4_o a_o terrible_a one_o with_o iron_n tooth_n and_o ten_o horn_n and_o out_o of_o the_o ten_o one_o little_a horn_n that_o break_v off_o three_o of_o the_o ten_o the_o four_o beast_n say_v dan._n v._n 17._o be_v the_o four_o king_n or_o kinglyhood_n royalty_n emperialty_n or_o monarchy_n of_o the_o world_n vers_fw-la 23._o as_o by_o several_a character_n they_o be_v describe_v in_o that_o chapter_n the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n be_v say_v dan._n v._n 24._o ten_o king_n that_o be_v ten_o kingdom_n under_o he_o all_o these_o four_o beast_n fall_v as_o the_o main_a of_o the_o first_o by_o the_o second_o and_o of_o the_o second_o by_o the_o three_o so_o the_o main_a of_o the_o three_o and_o the_o remainder_n of_o all_o the_o three_o former_a by_o the_o four_o dan._n 7.19.23_o the_o meaning_n be_v that_o as_o the_o first_o the_o assyrio-chaldean_a monarchy_n whereof_o nabuchadnezzar_n be_v the_o golden-head_n in_o daniel_n time_n dan._n 2._o be_v break_v by_o the_o second_o the_o silver_n medo-persian_a so_o this_o second_o by_o the_o three_o the_o brazen_a grecian_a and_o this_o grecian_a and_o the_o remainder_n of_o all_o the_o other_o be_v utter_o subdue_v by_o the_o four_o the_o iron_n roman_n monarchy_n from_o this_o roman_a at_o the_o time_n when_o it_o be_v something_o weaken_v by_o a_o divide_n of_o itself_o now_o the_o three_o time_n which_o be_v about_o an._n chr._n 799._o into_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a empire_n constantinople_n be_v the_o royal_a seat_n of_o metropolis_n of_o that_o and_o rome_n of_o this_o the_o little_a horn_n that_o spring_v out_o of_o the_o ten_o and_o become_v diverse_a from_o the_o rest_n

〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d usurpatum_fw-la de_fw-la sol●o_fw-la inuenies_fw-la apud_fw-la chald_v par●p_n jerem._n 1.15_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d ubi_fw-la in_o hebr._fw-la est_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d sept._n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d namely_o for_o the_o senator_n to_o sit_v upon_o not_o throw_v down_o as_o we_o of_o late_o have_v it_o and_o the_o ancient_a of_o day_n pater_fw-la consistorii_fw-la do_v sit_v etc._n etc._n and_o subaudi_fw-la i_o behold_v till_o the_o judgement_n be_v set_v that_o be_v the_o whole_a sanhedrim_n and_o the_o book_n be_v open_v here_o we_o see_v both_o the_o form_n of_o judgement_n deliver_v and_o the_o name_n of_o judgement_n express_v which_o be_v afterward_o twice_o more_o express_v 1._o in_o the_o amplification_n of_o the_o tyranny_n of_o the_o wicked_a horn_n ver_fw-la 21_o 22._o which_o be_v say_v to_o be_v continue_v till_o the_o ancient_a of_o day_n come_v and_o judgement_n be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a i._n e._n potestas_fw-la judicandi_fw-la ipsis_fw-la facta_fw-la and_o the_o second_o time_n in_o the_o angel_n interpretation_n verse_n 26._o but_o the_o judgement_n shall_v sit_v and_o they_o shall_v take_v away_o the_o dominion_n to_o consume_v and_o to_o destroy_v to_o the_o end_n where_o observe_v by_o the_o way_n that_o case_n of_o dominion_n of_o blasphemy_n and_o apostasy_n etc._n etc._n belong_v to_o the_o jurisdiction_n of_o the_o great_a sanhedrim_n from_o this_o description_n it_o come_v that_o the_o jew_n give_v it_o the_o name_n of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o day_n of_o judgement_n and_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o day_n of_o the_o great_a judgement_n whence_o in_o the_o epist_n of_o judas_n v._n 6._o it_o be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o judgement_n of_o the_o great_a day_n from_o the_o same_o description_n they_o learn_v that_o the_o destruction_n then_o to_o be_v shall_v be_v by_o fire_n because_o it_o be_v say_v verse_n 9_o his_o throne_n be_v a_o fiery_a flame_n and_o his_o wheel_n burn_v a_o fiery_a stream_n issue_v and_o come_v forth_o before_o he_o and_o ver_fw-la 11._o the_o beast_n be_v slay_v and_o his_o body_n destroy_v and_o give_v to_o the_o burn_a from_o the_o same_o fountain_n be_v derive_v those_o expression_n in_o the_o gospel_n where_o this_o day_n be_v intimate_v or_o describe_v the_o son_n of_o man_z shall_v come_v in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n the_o son_n of_o man_n shall_v come_v in_o the_o glory_n of_o his_o father_z with_o his_o holy_a angel_n as_o it_o be_v say_v here_o thousand_o minister_v unto_o he_o etc._n etc._n and_o that_o daniel_n see_v one_o like_o the_o son_n of_o man_n come_v with_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n and_o he_o come_v to_o the_o ancient_a of_o day_n and_o they_o bring_v he_o or_o place_v he_o near_o he_o etc._n etc._n hence_o st._n paul_n learned_a the_o saint_n shall_v judge_v the_o world_n because_o it_o be_v say_v that_o many_o throne_n be_v set_a and_o ver_fw-la 22._o by_o way_n of_o exposition_n judgement_n be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a hence_o the_o same_o apostle_n learned_a to_o confute_v the_o false_a fear_n of_o the_o thessalonian_o that_o the_o day_n of_o christ_n second_o come_v be_v then_o at_o hand_n because_o that_o day_n can_v be_v till_z the_o man_z of_o sin_n be_v first_o come_v and_o shall_v have_v reign_v his_o appoint_a time_n for_o as_o much_o as_o daniel_n have_v foretell_v it_o shall_v be_v so_o and_o that_o his_o destruction_n shall_v be_v at_o the_o son_n of_o man_n appear_v in_o the_o cloud_n who_o appear_v therefore_o be_v not_o to_o be_v till_o then_o this_o be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o saint_n paul_n the_o appearance_n or_o brightness_n of_o his_o come_n which_o man_n of_o sin_n say_v he_o christ_n shall_v destroy_v at_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d appearance_n of_o his_o come_n daniel_n wicked_a horn_n or_o the_o beast_n act_v in_o the_o wicked_a horn_n be_v st._n paul_n man_n of_o sin_n but_o to_o go_v on_o while_o this_o judgement_n sit_v and_o when_o it_o have_v destroy_v the_o four_o beast_n the_o son_n of_o man_n which_o come_v in_o the_o cloud_n receive_v dominion_n and_o glory_n and_o a_o kingdom_n that_o all_o people_z nation_n and_o language_n shall_v serve_v and_o obey_v he_o ver_fw-la 14._o which_o kingdom_n be_v thrice_o explain_v afterward_o as_o for_o 18._o these_o four_o beast_n say_v the_o angel_n be_v four_o king_n which_o shall_v arise_v but_o viz._n when_o they_o have_v finish_v their_o course_n the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a shall_v take_v the_o kingdom_n again_o verse_n 22._o the_o wicked_a horn_n prevail_v until_o the_o time_n come_v that_o the_o saint_n possess_v the_o kingdom_n again_o verse_n 27._o when_v the_o four_o beast_n reign_v in_o the_o wicked_a horn_n be_v destroy_v the_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n and_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o people_z of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a etc._n etc._n these_o ground_n be_v lay_v i_o argue_v as_o follow_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n and_o of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a in_o daniel_n begin_v when_o the_o great_a judgement_n sit_v but_o the_o kingdom_n in_o the_o apocalypse_v wherein_o the_o saint_n reign_v with_o christ_n a_o thousand_o year_n be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n and_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a in_o daniel_n therefore_o it_o also_o begin_v at_o the_o great_a judgement_n ☞_o judgement_n mr._n mede_n say_v not_o at_o the_o ultimate_a general_a judgement_n but_o at_o the_o great_a judgement_n speak_v as_o daniel_n and_o other_o scripture_n aforesaid_a and_o the_o hebrew_n rabbin_n call_v all_o the_o thousand_o year_n the_o great_a judgement_n and_o the_o beginning_n of_o they_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n see_v after_o at_o the_o next_o ☞_o that_o the_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n and_o that_o of_o the_o thousand_o year_n in_o the_o apocalypse_v be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o kingdom_n appear_v thus_o first_o because_o they_o begin_v ab_fw-la eodem_fw-la termino_fw-la from_o the_o same_o term_n at_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n that_o in_o daniel_n when_o the_o beast_n then_o rule_v in_o the_o wicked_a horn_n be_v slay_v and_o his_o body_n destroy_v and_o give_v to_o the_o burn_a flame_n dan._n 7_o ver_fw-la 11.22.27_o that_o in_o the_o apocalypse_v when_o the_o beast_n and_o false_a prophet_n the_o wicked_a horn_n in_o daniel_n be_v take_v and_o both_o cast_v alive_a into_o a_o lake_n of_o fire_n burn_v with_o brimstone_n apocal._n 19.20_o 21._o second_o because_o saint_n john_n begin_v the_o regnum_fw-la of_o the_o thousand_o year_n from_o the_o same_o session_n of_o judgement_n describe_v in_o daniel_n as_o appear_v by_o his_o parallel_a expression_n borrow_v from_o thence_o daniel_n say_v chap._n 7._o ver._n 9_o i_o behold_v till_o the_o throne_n be_v pitch_v down_o and_o the_o judgement_n i._n e._n judices_fw-la the_o judge_n set_v verse_n 22._o and_o judgement_n be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a st._n john_n say_v chap._n 20._o verse_n 4._o i_o see_v throne_n and_o they_o sit_v upon_o they_o and_o the_o saint_n possess_v the_o kingdom_n viz._n with_o the_o son_n of_o man_n who_o come_v in_o the_o cloud_n and_o judgement_n be_v give_v unto_o they_o and_o the_o saint_n live_v and_o reign_v with_o christ_n a_o thousand_o year_n now_o if_o this_o be_v sufficient_o prove_v that_o the_o thousand_o year_n begin_v with_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n ☜_o ☜_o it_o will_v appear_v further_o out_o of_o the_o apocalypse_v that_o the_o judgement_n be_v not_o consummate_v till_o they_o be_v end_v for_o gog_n and_o magogs_n destruction_n and_o the_o universal_a resurrection_n be_v not_o till_o then_o therefore_o the_o whole_a thousand_o year_n be_v include_v in_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n hence_o it_o will_v follow_v that_o whatsoever_o scripture_n speak_v of_o a_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n to_o be_v at_o his_o second_o appear_v or_o at_o the_o destruction_n of_o antichrist_n must_v needs_o be_v the_o same_o which_o daniel_n see_v shall_v be_v at_o that_o time_n and_o so_o consequent_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n which_o the_o apocalypse_v include_v between_o the_o beginning_n and_o consummation_n of_o the_o great_a judgement_n therefore_o that_o in_o luk._n 17._o vers_fw-la 20._o to_o the_o end_n where_o the_o pharisee_n demand_n of_o christ_n when_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n shall_v appear_v and_o christ_n answer_v that_o it_o come_v not_o with_o observation_n but_o as_o the_o lightning_n that_o lighten_v out_o of_o the_o one_o part_n under_o heaven_n shine_v unto_o the_o other_o etc._n etc._n

e._n the_o turk_n shall_v come_v against_o he_o like_o a_o whirlwind_n etc._n etc._n both_o the_o saracen_n and_o the_o turk_n shall_v plunder_v the_o roman_a empire_n within_o these_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o latter_a time_n thereof_o within_o this_o inter-capedo_a of_o time_n happen_v the_o invasion_n both_o of_o the_o saracen_n and_o turk_n the_o former_a about_o anno_fw-la dom._n six_o hundred_o and_o thirty_o the_o latter_a anno_fw-la one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o or_o before_o see_v com._n in_o apocal._n ad_fw-la tub._n 5._o and_o 6._o and_o of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d see_v the_o apostasy_n of_o latter_a time_n p._n 71._o §_o 9_o verse_n 41._o the_o former_a part_n and_o he_o shall_v enter_v as_o mr._n m._n translate_v into_o the_o land_n of_o beauty_n or_o renown_n that_o be_v into_o palestine_n or_o the_o holy_a land_n for_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v constant_o in_o this_o book_n a_o description_n of_o palestine_n or_o the_o holy_a land_n see_v chap._n 8._o ver_fw-la 9_o and_o of_o this_o chap._n vers_fw-la 16_o 45._o the_o latter_a part_n of_o this_o one_o and_o forty_o verse_n be_v and_o many_o shall_v be_v overthrow_v but_o these_o shall_v escape_v out_o of_o his_o hand_n edom_n and_o moab_n and_o the_o chief_a of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n to_o wit_n say_v mr._n mede_n the_o inhabitant_n of_o arabia_n petrea_n which_o be_v never_o yet_o provincial_o of_o the_o turkish_a empire_n the_o inhabitant_n of_o arabia_n petraea_n be_v never_o to_o this_o day_n bring_v under_o the_o turkish_a yoke_n yea_o it_o be_v grant_v to_o pay_v to_o some_o of_o they_o a_o certain_a annual_a tribute_n that_o they_o may_v not_o infest_v with_o robbery_n the_o troop_n of_o those_o stranger_n ramble_v thereabouts_o up_o and_o down_o by_o which_o thou_o may_v understand_v say_v mr._n m._n that_o of_o the_o angel_n in_o the_o one_o and_o forty_o verse_n concern_v the_o edomite_n moabite_n and_o the_o half_a or_o middle_a part_n of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n escape_v the_o hand_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n §_o 10_o verse_n 42._o he_o viz._n the_o turk_n shall_v stretch_v forth_o his_o hand_n also_o upon_o the_o country_n viz._n of_o those_o part_n and_o the_o land_n of_o egypt_n shall_v not_o escape_v though_o it_o shall_v hold_v out_o long_o under_o the_o marmaluke_n even_o till_o the_o year_n one_o thousand_o five_o hundred_o and_o seventeen_o §_o 11_o verse_n 43._o but_o he_o shall_v have_v power_n over_o the_o treasure_n of_o gold_n and_o silver_n and_o all_o the_o precious_a thing_n of_o egypt_n and_o the_o cushites_n that_o be_v the_o neighbour_a nation_n whether_o of_o africa_n or_o lybia_n as_o in_o those_o of_o algiers_n etc._n etc._n or_o of_o the_o arabian_n in_o scripture_n call_v cushim_n these_o shall_v be_v at_o his_o step_n that_o be_v at_o his_o devotion_n §_o 12_o verse_n 44._o and_o 45_o but_o tiding_n out_o of_o the_o east_n and_o out_o of_o the_o north_n shall_v trouble_v he_o therefore_o he_o shall_v go_v forth_o with_o great_a fury_n to_o destroy_v and_o utter_o to_o make_v away_o many_o and_o to_o that_o purpose_n he_o shall_v plant_v the_o tabernacle_n of_o his_o palace_n between_o the_o sea_n in_o the_o glorious_a mountain_n of_o holiness_n as_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d so_o here_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d refer_v to_o the_o holy_a land_n the_o tiding_n from_o the_o east_n and_o north_n may_v be_v that_o of_o the_o return_n of_o judah_n and_o israel_n from_o those_o quarter_n for_o judah_n be_v carry_v captive_a at_o the_o first_o into_o the_o east_n and_o israel_n by_o the_o assyrian_a into_o the_o north_n namely_o in_o respect_n of_o the_o holy_a land_n and_o in_o those_o part_v the_o great_a number_n of_o they_o be_v disperse_v to_o this_o day_n of_o the_o reduction_n of_o israel_n from_o the_o north_n see_v the_o prophecy_n jer._n 16._o verse_n 14_o 15_o and_o chap._n 23.8_o also_o chap._n 31.8_o or_o if_o those_o tiding_n from_o the_o north_n may_v be_v some_o other_o thing_n yet_o that_o from_o the_o east_n i_o may_v have_v some_o warrant_v to_o apply_v to_o the_o jew_n return_n from_o that_o of_o the_o sixth_o vial_n in_o the_o apocalypse_v where_o the_o water_n of_o the_o great_a river_n euphrates_n be_v dry_v up_o to_o prepare_v the_o way_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o east_n so_o that_o it_o be_v true_a that_o i_o incline_v to_o apply_v the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n go_v forth_o upon_o the_o tiding_n from_o the_o east_n and_o the_o north_n in_o a_o fury_n to_o destroy_v and_o to_o that_o purpose_n to_o plant_v the_o tabernacle_n of_o his_o palace_n in_o the_o glorious_a mountain_n of_o holiness_n to_o the_o jew_n return_n and_o expedition_n of_o gog_n and_o magog_n into_o the_o holy_a land_n §_o 13_o thus_o mr._n mede_n who_o the_o diligent_a observer_n may_v see_v that_o he_o account_v if_o i_o mistake_v not_o that_o the_o roman_a and_o the_o turk_n make_v up_o the_o four_o monarchy_n as_o before_o reason_n above_o allege_v induce_v i_o to_o think_v that_o they_o both_o make_v up_o the_o antichrist_n which_o conjunction_n of_o they_o in_o both_o respect_n according_a to_o good_a reason_n their_o state_n and_o practice_n in_o all_o thing_n be_v so_o like_a do_v i_o perceive_v prevent_v many_o perplex_v intricacy_n touch_v the_o sense_n of_o scripture_n §_o 14_o now_o give_v i_o leave_v to_o put_v in_o my_o oar_n and_o to_o acquaint_v you_o with_o my_o conception_n before_o i_o know_v of_o the_o birth_n of_o mr._n mede_n those_o thing_n concern_v the_o four_o monarchy_n in_o this_o 11_o chap._n of_o daniel_n from_o vers_fw-la 36._o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n do_v mighty_o conduce_v to_o the_o unfolding_n of_o that_o main_a passage_n in_o daniel_n chap._n 12._o ver_fw-la 1._o and_o at_o that_o time_n michael_n shall_v stand_v up_o for_o daniel_n people_n that_o be_v the_o jew_n to_o deliver_v they_o for_o by_o a_o diligent_a orderly_a observation_n and_o follow_v of_o the_o method_n and_o succession_n of_o thing_n in_o this_o eleven_o chapter_n from_o vers_fw-la 36_o to_o the_o end_n we_o be_v distinct_o lead_v down_o step_v by_o step_n unto_o that_o time_n touch_v it_o as_o it_o be_v with_o our_o foot_n that_o we_o can_v well_o tread_v further_a without_o a_o evident_a take_v notice_n of_o it_o or_o to_o stumble_v against_o the_o sense_n §_o 15_o for_o from_o the_o say_v 36_o verse_n to_o the_o end_n of_o this_o eleven_o chapter_n we_o have_v the_o clear_a description_n of_o the_o roman_a the_o four_o monarchy_n in_o its_o full_a latitude_n as_o the_o last_o general_a enemy_n of_o jew_n and_o christian_n and_o ultimate_a predecessor_n and_o prejudicer_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n hinder_v the_o set_n up_o thereof_o until_o that_o time_n in_o the_o twelve_o chapter_n verse_n the_o first_o of_o michael_n stand_v up_o for_o the_o deliverance_n of_o his_o people_n which_o description_n of_o it_o in_o the_o general_a hold_v forth_o the_o tyranny_n impiety_n heresy_n apostasy_n and_o blasphemy_n thereof_o in_o all_o the_o branch_n spring_v thence_o that_o empire_n as_o heathen_a be_v the_o stock_n or_o body_n and_o of_o the_o same_o empire_n material_o as_o divide_v into_o the_o popish_a and_o saraceno-turkish_a part_n be_v the_o main_a master_n limb_n and_o which_o be_v the_o wonderful_a wisdom_n of_o god_n they_o be_v all_o set_v forth_o by_o such_o character_n and_o in_o such_o a_o dress_n of_o language_n and_o phrase_n as_o admirable_o comport_v to_o every_o of_o they_o and_o to_o each_o in_o his_o several_a garb_n in_o a_o way_n of_o singularity_n though_o one_o at_o once_o be_v main_o intend_v which_o observation_n will_v easy_o manifest_v itself_o to_o any_o understanding_n that_o will_v compare_v their_o history_n and_o the_o passage_n of_o this_o pprophecy_n fair_o together_o particular_o those_o in_o the_o 36_o 37_o 39_o 41._o ver_fw-la he_o shall_v do_v according_a to_o his_o will_n viz._n leave_v all_o divine_a rule_n and_o shall_v exalt_v and_o magnify_v himself_o above_o every_o god_n viz._n king_n and_o prince_n and_o god_n himself_o in_o despise_v his_o word_n and_o set_v up_o his_o own_o decree_n above_o it_o and_o he_o shall_v speak_v marvellous_a thing_n against_o the_o god_n of_o god_n viz._n christ_n jesus_n neither_o shall_v he_o regard_v the_o desire_n of_o woman_n viz._n in_o a_o way_n of_o honourable_a wedlock_n and_o he_o shall_v rule_v over_o many_o viz._n country_n and_o shall_v enter_v into_o the_o glorious_a land_n viz._n the_o country_n of_o the_o jew_n etc._n etc._n §_o 16_o from_o the_o 36._o verse_n etc._n etc._n to_o the_o forty_o be_v chief_o describe_v the_o roman_a empire_n as_o heathen_a and_o after_o as_o

month_n when_o as_o he_o shall_v lie_v sick_a a_o great_a part_n of_o they_o yea_o he_o shall_v be_v as_o it_o be_v slay_v by_o mean_n of_o his_o wound_a head_n this_o space_n of_o time_n do_v seem_v therefore_o to_o contain_v the_o whole_a time_n of_o the_o tyranny_n of_o antichrist_n yet_o so_o that_o the_o time_n of_o his_o wound_n while_o it_o be_v sore_o be_v take_v away_o from_o it_o now_o we_o have_v show_v that_o this_o time_n of_o his_o crazinesse_n be_v define_v within_o the_o time_n of_o the_o goths*_n ⁎_o *_o kingdom_n verse_n 3._o which_o last_v for_o a_o hundred_o and_o forty_o year_n if_o we_o shall_v therefore_o take_v away_o these_o year_n from_o the_o month_n of_o the_o woman_n lurk_v we_o shall_v find_v that_o at_o the_o end_n of_o this_o lurk_a namely_o at_o the_o year_n 1546._o thirty_o seven_o month_n ☞_o ☞_o only_o the_o count_n be_v self_n according_a to_o mr._n brightman_n and_o ten_o day_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n when_o it_o be_v in_o vigour_n be_v pass_v over_o five_o month_n therefore_o and_o twenty_o day_n be_v want_v hereto_o which_o if_o we_o reckon_v from_o the_o year_n 1546._o the_o last_o end_n of_o antichrist_n shall_v expire_v at_o the_o year_n 1686._o or_o thereabouts_o for_o so_o we_o shall_v learn_v out_o of_o other_o scripture_n that_o he_o shall_v perish_v utter_o about_o that_o time_n it_o may_v be_v that_o his_o destruction_n may_v come_v soon_o than_o this_o term_n of_o year_n define_v for_o i_o do_v not_o cast_v the_o account_n accurate_o at_o this_o time_n neither_o do_v the_o historian_n number_v the_o year_n so_o faithful_o as_o they_o ought_v but_o he_o shall_v not_o be_v suffer_v to_o go_v beyond_o the_o further_a space_n that_o i_o have_v set_v down_o but_o perhaps_o these_o month_n be_v not_o the_o space_n from_o the_o first_o beginning_n to_o the_o last_o end_n of_o the_o beast_n but_o only_o the_o former_a year_n of_o his_o kingdom_n which_o may_v be_v many_o enough_o to_o lay_v he_o open_a so_o as_o he_o may_v be_v reveal_v to_o all_o man_n and_o by_o this_o interpretation_n as_o he_o begin_v together_o with_o the_o month_n of_o the_o woman_n and_o the_o prophet_n so_o he_o take_v his_o end_n also_o with_o they_o this_o opinion_n be_v confirm_v by_o the_o war_n with_o the_o saint_n in_o verse_n 7._o which_o we_o have_v show_v fall_v into_o the_o end_n of_o these_o month_n chap._n 12.7_o and_o by_o this_o interpretation_n the_o beast_n be_v say_v to_o have_v power_n of_o work_v two_o and_o forty_o month_n for_o the_o great_a part_n of_o these_o month_n because_o that_o little_a respire_v of_o time_n wherein_o he_o shall_v keep_v in_o his_o horn_n because_o of_o his_o wound_a head_n be_v little_a to_o be_v reckon_v of_o in_o respect_n of_o the_o whole_a number_n month_n number_n let_v the_o reader_n if_o he_o please_v remember_v that_o whereas_o mr._n brightman_n think_v antichrist_n be_v wound_v by_o the_o goth_n note_v afore_o at_o *_o ⁎_o *_o according_a to_o rcusner_n express_v afore_o in_o his_o account_n sect._n 1._o the_o goth_n wound_v the_o emperor_n and_o empire_n not_o the_o pope_n and_o popedom_n but_o the_o say_a pope_n and_o popedom_n rather_o get_v head_n and_o bear_v it_o and_o health_n and_o strength_n by_o the_o goth_n wound_v of_o the_o empire_n which_o grant_v mr._n brightman_n knot_n be_v quite_o remove_v touch_v the_o five_o month_n neither_o be_v his_o power_n which_o shall_v be_v afterward_o like_o that_o of_o his_o former_a time_n as_o experience_n show_v at_o this_o day_n wherein_o we_o see_v the_o pope_n power_n to_o be_v make_v to_o languish_v and_o to_o be_v weaken_v much_o from_o the_o time_n of_o his_o profess_a and_o pitch_a battle_n that_o be_v from_o the_o council_n of_o trent_n so_o that_o his_o power_n be_v now_o almost_o none_o at_o all_o to_o that_o which_o it_o be_v in_o former_a age_n this_o latter_a be_v more_o simple_a in_o which_o regard_n i_o like_v it_o better_o thus_o mr._n brightman_n now_o according_a to_o this_o account_n antichrist_n shall_v be_v full_o down_o about_o seven_o and_o twenty_o year_n hence_o sect_n v._o alsteds_n account_n he_o give_v it_o you_o propheticarum_fw-la you_o alsted_n xii_o chronologia_fw-la epocharum_fw-la propheticarum_fw-la in_o this_o sorme_n and_o the_o word_n as_o near_o as_o i_o can_v translate_v and_o imitate_v he_o for_o your_o best_a understanding_n the_o apocalyptical_a volume_n or_o commentary_n apocalypticum_fw-la commentary_n syngramma_fw-la apocalypticum_fw-la three_o time_n seven_o mystical_a character_n septem_fw-la character_n hierogly_n phicater_v septem_fw-la the_o threefold_a state_n of_o the_o church_n  _fw-fr the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n i._o the_o 6_o former_a of_o the_o 7_o seal_n contain_v the_o time_n from_o the_o the_o 35_o year_n of_o christ_n to_o the_o 606_o year_n  _fw-fr i._n for_o a_o time_n from_o the_o year_n of_o christ_n 35_o to_o the_o year_n 606._o i._o the_o ancient_a beast_n or_o the_o primary_n sole_o ii_o the_o six_o former_a of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n from_o the_o year_n of_o christ_n 606._o to_o the_o year_n 1517._o 1_o alternative_a or_o vicissitudinarious_a ii_o for_o time_n from_o the_o year_n 606._o to_o the_o year_n 1517._o ii_o the_o ancient_a or_o primary_n and_o secundary_a iii_o the_o six_o former_a of_o the_o seven_o phial_o from_o the_o year_n 1517._o to_o the_o year_n 1694_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n and_o seven_o phial_n 2_o happy_a on_o earth_n for_o a_o 1000_o year_n iii_o for_o half_n a_o time_n from_o the_o year_n of_o christ_n 1517._o to_o the_o year_n 1694._o iii_o the_o ancient_a beast_n alive_a again_o 3_o most_o happy_a in_o heaven_n  _fw-fr  _fw-fr  _fw-fr they_o that_o be_v inquisitive_a to_o know_v how_o he_o give_v a_o particular_a account_n of_o these_o period_n may_v if_o they_o understand_v the_o latin_a tongue_n or_o by_o the_o help_n of_o such_o friend_n look_v into_o alsted_n himself_o in_o the_o forecited_n place_n or_o into_o mr._n mede_n in_o english_a diatrib_n par_fw-fr 4._o p._n 453._o whither_o i_o refer_v they_o lest_o i_o shall_v be_v needlesse_o tedious_a to_o my_o friend_n that_o fear_v the_o prolixity_n of_o this_o treatise_n which_o therefore_o i_o prevent_v all_o i_o can_v §_o 3_o so_o that_o by_o this_o account_n the_o beginning_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n will_v not_o be_v far_o off_o about_o one_o and_o forty_o year_n hence_o sect_n vi_o mr._n mede_n account_n §_o 1_o in_o his_o diatrib_n par._n 4._o page_n 87._o he_o give_v we_o this_o account_n have_v say_v page_n 83._o though_o christianity_n have_v be_v embrace_v in_o former_a time_n where_o now_o it_o be_v not_o yet_o it_o be_v now_o spread_v in_o those_o place_n where_o in_o those_o time_n it_o be_v not_o so_o that_o all_o lay_v together_o we_o may_v account_v christianity_n at_o this_o day_n as_o large_a as_o ever_o it_o be_v in_o the_o apostle_n time_n yet_o that_o this_o be_v not_o that_o universal_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n that_o flourish_a and_o glorious_a estate_n of_o the_o church_n which_o we_o yet_o expect_v and_o hope_v for_o my_o reason_n be_v these_o i_o say_v mr._n mede_n have_v say_v these_o thing_n in_o page_n 83_o and_o in_o page_n 84_o 85_o 86_o have_v give_v several_a of_o the_o say_a reason_n then_o in_o the_o say_v 87._o page_n aforequoted_n he_o add_v my_o next_o reason_n say_v he_o shall_v be_v from_o that_o we_o read_v in_o the_o revelation_n where_o the_o church_n by_o the_o conquest_n of_o michael_n set_v free_a from_o the_o dragon_n fury_n be_v say_v to_o escape_v into_o the_o wilderness_n i.e._n into_o a_o state_n though_o of_o safety_n and_o peace_n and_o security_n yet_o of_o hardship_n misery_n and_o scarcity_n for_o it_o seem_v to_o be_v a_o allusion_n to_o the_o israelite_n escape_v the_o tyranny_n of_o pharaoh_n by_o go_v into_o the_o wilderness_n in_o this_o wilderness_n or_o place_n of_o hardship_n &c_n &c_n the_o church_n must_v remain_v say_v st._n john_n a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_o a_o time_n or_o as_o he_o elsewhere_o speak_v one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n i.e._n a_o year_n year_n and_o half_o a_o year_n and_o when_o this_o time_n shall_v be_v expire_v that_o be_v as_o learned_a divine_n think_v when_o so_o many_o year_n shall_v be_v end_v as_o those_o day_n be_v take_v the_o beginning_n of_o our_o reckon_n from_o michael_n trophy_n then_o say_v our_o apostle_n shall_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ_n and_o he_o shall_v reign_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o rev._n 11.15_o whereby_o it_o shall_v seem_v that_o the_o church_n be_v yet_o in_o the_o wilderness_n and_o that_o the_o promise_a happiness_n of_o the_o ample_a and_o flourish_a glory_n thereof_o before_o the_o end_n of_o

prophet_n be_v to_o point_v out_o that_o dominion_n and_o that_o glory_n etc._n etc._n which_o the_o other_o four_o monarch_n have_v and_o all_z peoples_n and_o nation_n and_o language_n shall_v serve_v he_o who_o dominion_n be_v for_o ever_o &c._n &c._n that_o be_v as_o long_o as_o the_o world_n below_o last_v all_o which_o manifest_o relate_v to_o a_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n on_o earth_n compare_v v._o 23_o and_o v._o 27._o thus_o far_o the_o kingdom_n be_v give_v to_o christ_n as_o if_o in_o comparison_n he_o have_v none_o afore_o the_o vers_n 17._o etc._n etc._n it_o be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o saint_n kingdom_n in_o these_o word_n these_o great_a beast_n which_o be_v four_o be_v four_o king_n that_o be_v four_o imperial_a monarchy_n under_o four_o raze_n of_o mighty_a persecute_v monarchical_a emperor_n of_o four_o several_a sort_n namely_o first_o assyrio-chaldean_a second_o medo-persian_a three_o grecian_n four_o roman_a which_o shall_v arise_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n that_o be_v by_o violence_n succeed_v one_o another_o in_o that_o inheritance_n of_o the_o world_n but_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a shall_v take_v the_o kingdom_n that_o be_v that_o very_a kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n that_o the_o other_o four_o former_a monarch_n have_v and_o possess_v the_o kingdom_n for_o ever_o and_o for_o ever_o and_o ever_o that_o be_v in_o all_o age_n as_o long_o as_o time_n shall_v be_v as_o the_o original_n signify_v add_v v._o 23._o etc._n etc._n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n the_o four_o beast_n shall_v be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n upon_o earth_n that_o be_v the_o emperor_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n which_o shall_v be_v divers_a from_o all_o the_o kingdom_n namely_o in_o rule_n in_o conquest_n and_o cruelty_n and_o shall_v devour_v the_o whole_a earth_n and_o shall_v tread_v it_o down_o and_o break_v it_o in_o piece_n meaning_n that_o the_o roman_n shall_v conquer_v the_o whole_a world_n utter_o deface_v all_o kingly_a dominion_n in_o the_o same_o and_o the_o ten_o horn_n out_o of_o this_o kingdom_n be_v ten_o king_n that_o shall_v arise_v to_o wit_n the_o roman_a empire_n at_o last_o be_v divide_v into_o ten_o kingdom_n as_o john_n have_v it_o several_a time_n in_o the_o revelation_n as_o a_o tendency_n to_o the_o ruin_n of_o that_o empire_n for_o it_o follow_v here_o and_o another_o shall_v rise_v after_o they_o and_o he_o shall_v be_v divers_a from_o the_o first_o and_o he_o shall_v subdue_v three_o king_n that_o be_v the_o eastern_a saracen-arabian_a turkish_a power_n ascend_v to_o a_o monstrous_a height_n of_o strength_n differ_v from_o the_o former_a in_o nation_n religion_n and_o tyranny_n shall_v take_v away_o three_o of_o the_o say_v ten_o kingdom_n and_o he_o shall_v speak_v great_a word_n against_o the_o most_o high_a see_v the_o turkish_a alcoran_n and_o shall_v wear_v out_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a that_o be_v in_o a_o great_a measure_n slay_v so_o many_o christian_n at_o one_o battle_n as_o the_o tip_n of_o their_o right_a ear_n fill_v nine_o sack_n and_o think_v to_o change_v time_n and_o law_n that_o be_v those_o of_o divine_a institution_n as_o appear_v also_o in_o his_o alcoran_n and_o they_o shall_v be_v give_v into_o his_o hand_n until_o a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o divide_v of_o time_n meaning_n that_o the_o saint●_n shall_v by_o divine_a permission_n fall_v under_o the_o turkish_a power_n three_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o year_n from_o his_o first_o invade_v the_o jewish_a country_n to_o his_o full_a and_o final_a fall_n but_o say_v the_o 26._o v._n etc._n etc._n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n the_o judgement_n shall_v sit_v and_o they_o shall_v take_v away_o his_o dominion_n to_o consume_v and_o to_o destroy_v it_o to_o the_o end_n that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o ancient_n of_o day_n as_o fit_v in_o judgement_n judge_v to_o vindicate_v the_o saint_n and_o so_o give_v they_o opportunity_n and_o virility_n to_o deprive_v the_o turk_n of_o his_o kingdom_n and_o utter_o to_o consume_v his_o power_n and_o strength_n and_o so_o in_o the_o 27._o verse_n the_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o same_o dominion_n of_o the_o whole_a world_n below_o that_o the_o former_a tyrannical_a monarch_n usurp_v shall_v now_o be_v give_v into_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o convert_a jew_n and_o holy_a gentile_n adhere_v to_o they_o to_o reign_v on_o earth_n with_o christ_n to_o who_o these_o dominion_n be_v deliver_v in_o the_o former_a part_n of_o this_o chapter_n this_o place_n of_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n have_v be_v so_o large_a touch_v the_o saint_n reign_v with_o christ_n on_o earth_n that_o we_o shall_v add_v but_o one_o or_o two_o place_n more_o and_o that_o very_o brief_o revel_v 11.15_o etc._n etc._n the_o seven_o angel_n sound_v and_o there_o be_v great_a voice_n in_o heaven_n say_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n be_v become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ_n or_o of_o he_o as_o christ_n and_o he_o shall_v reign_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o that_o be_v throughout_o all_o age_n from_o hence_o forward_o over_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n as_o if_o hitherto_o he_o have_v not_o in_o comparison_n reign_v over_o they_o and_o the_o four_o and_o twenty_o elder_n etc._n etc._n fell_a upon_o their_o face_n etc._n etc._n say_v we_o give_v thou_o thanks_o o_o lord_n etc._n etc._n because_o thou_o have_v take_v to_o thou_o thy_o great_a power_n and_o haste_n reign_v and_o the_o nation_n be_v angry_a which_o show_v this_o be_v not_o at_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n and_o the_o time_n of_o the_o dead_a that_o they_o shall_v be_v judge_v be_v come_v that_o be_v the_o saint_n shall_v be_v vindicate_v for_o so_o it_o present_o follow_v that_o thou_o shall_v give_v reward_n to_o thy_o servant_n the_o prophet_n and_o to_o the_o saint_n and_o they_o that_o fear_v thy_o name_n which_o what_o shall_v it_o be_v but_o to_o reign_v on_o earth_n as_o it_o be_v both_o before_o express_v in_o the_o preface_n rev._n 5.10_o and_o after_o in_o the_o catastrophe_n revel_v 20.4_o in_o regard_n of_o which_o reign_v on_o earth_n they_o may_v be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o first-fruit_n to_o god_n rev._n 14.4_o because_o this_o be_v but_o the_o begin_n of_o god_n work_n of_o glorify_v his_o saint_n let_v we_o close_v this_o paragraph_n with_o heb._n 2.5_o etc._n etc._n to_o 10._o the_o world_n to_o come_v the_o greek_a be_v the_o inhabit_a world_n to_o come_v must_v be_v put_v under_o man_n though_o not_o under_o angel_n according_a to_o psalm_n 8._o quote_v there_o by_o the_o apostle_n which_o psalm_n relate_v to_o gen._n 1.26_o where_o god_n give_v adam_n dominion_n over_o all_o the_o creation_n but_o say_v the_o apostle_n in_o his_o time_n we_o see_v not_o yet_o all_o thing_n put_v under_o he_o only_a jesus_n as_o the_o pledge_n be_v crown_v with_o glory_n therefore_o say_v i_o there_o be_v such_o a_o thing_n yet_o to_o come_v let_v not_o the_o reader_n if_o i_o may_v entreat_v so_o much_o despise_v the_o allegation_n of_o these_o text_n for_o the_o present_a purpose_n which_o be_v little_o more_o than_o bare_o allege_v only_o to_o hint_n the_o saint_n reign_v with_o christ_n on_o earth_n i_o desire_v to_o engage_v he_o upon_o this_o request_n but_o for_o a_o time_n till_o i_o come_v to_o critical_o scan_v if_o i_o may_v assume_v so_o much_o confidence_n to_o myself_o these_o and_o many_o other_o place_n of_o scripture_n and_o then_o upon_o his_o serious_a joint_a view_n of_o all_o all_o together_o if_o he_o can_v be_v of_o another_o mind_n different_a from_o i_o let_v he_o for_o i_o abound_v in_o his_o own_o sense_n §_o 4_o but_o to_o wheel_v about_o from_o this_o digression_n to_o our_o own_o post_n and_o business_n in_o hand_n viz._n the_o reign_v of_o the_o saint_n with_o christ_n at_o this_o time_n and_o in_o this_o place_n aforesaid_a before_o they_o reign_v but_o sometime_o over_o their_o corruption_n and_o satan_n temptation_n but_o never_o over_o man_n but_o now_o total_o and_o final_o over_o sin_n men_n and_o devil_n as_o we_o shall_v demonstrate_v afterward_o their_o live_n must_v be_v after_o a_o resurrection_n as_o the_o word_n be_v twice_o mention_v in_o this_o 20._o of_o revelation_n though_o they_o be_v make_v but_o spiritual_a king_n and_o priest_n as_o the_o objecter_n will_v have_v it_o in_o those_o word_n rev._n 5.10_o he_o have_v make_v we_o king_n and_o priest_n to_o god_n yet_o how_o shall_v the_o next_o word_n be_v figure_v off_o from_o their_o proper_a sense_n where_o the_o crown_n of_o dignity_n be_v put_v upon_o the_o head_n of_o reign_v upon_o earth_n he_o

he_o be_v against_o christ_n in_o the_o effect_n of_o his_o process_n viz._n in_o his_o headship_n opposite_a to_o christ_n the_o only_a head_n of_o his_o church_n in_o his_o doctrine_n of_o justification_n by_o work_n enervate_v christ_n merit_n and_o his_o trentine_a anathemaes_n curse_v the_o fundamental_a truth_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o new_a testament_n but_o these_o thing_n we_o leave_v as_o not_o the_o main_a of_o our_o present_a business_n now_o say_v this_o text_n in_o hand_n of_o the_o 2_o thessalon_n 2._o the_o lord_n shall_v consume_v antichrist_n with_o the_o spirit_n of_o his_o mouth_n and_o destroy_v he_o with_o the_o brightness_n of_o his_o come_n and_o although_o these_o two_o master-limb_n of_o antichrist_n shall_v not_o fall_v together_o but_o that_o the_o pope_n be_v first_o bow_v down_o as_o he_o that_o by_o his_o imagery_n idolatry_n and_o impurity_n in_o his_o worship_n of_o christ_n be_v the_o great_a stumble_a block_n to_o impede_fw-la the_o jew_n embrace_v christ_n whereby_o to_o contend_v with_o the_o turk_n for_o freedom_n to_o own_o our_o messiah_n and_o the_o turk_n be_v ruin_v after_o he_o perhaps_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o five_o and_o forty_o year_n of_o the_o jew_n struggle_v with_o he_o dan._n 12_o two_o last_o verse_n yet_o this_o text_n of_o the_o thessalonian_o stand_v firm_a that_o antichrist_n must_v fall_v by_o the_o spirit_n of_o christ_n mouth_n and_o by_o the_o brightness_n of_o his_o come_n the_o spirit_n of_o his_o mouth_n be_v his_o word_n call_v isa_n 11.4_o the_o rod_n of_o his_o mouth_n and_o the_o breath_n of_o his_o lip_n with_o which_o he_o shall_v smite_v the_o earth_n and_o slay_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o wicked_a one_o for_o the_o settlement_n of_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n of_o peace_n on_o earth_n as_o the_o context_n in_o that_o 11._o of_o esa_n give_v it_o in_o with_o this_o word_n christ_n preface_v and_o perfect_v the_o ruin_n of_o antichrist_n that_o be_v first_o christ_n destroy_v he_o moral_o as_o he_o his_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d as_o this_o text_n in_o the_o thessalonian_o call_v he_o that_o be_v exlex_fw-la as_o zanchy_a render_v it_o the_o lawless_a one_o for_o he_o leave_v christ_n word_n and_o substitute_n his_o own_o viz._n alcoran_n legend_n tradition_n etc._n etc._n and_o by_o they_o set_v up_o blasphemy_n idolatry_n heresy_n impiety_n and_o tyranny_n and_o that_o over_o conscience_n as_o well_o as_o body_n now_o christ_n discover_v and_o discard_n confute_v and_o confound_v these_o by_o the_o breath_n of_o his_o mouth_n viz._n his_o word_n he_o destroy_v he_o moral_o second_o christ_n by_o animate_v man_n by_o the_o same_o spirit_n in_o his_o word_n to_o a_o corporal_a war_n against_o antichrist_n destroy_v he_o physical_o that_o be_v with_o a_o corporal_a destruction_n by_o that_o spirit_n of_o his_o mouth_n he_o rouse_v up_o man_n spirit_n to_o take_v up_o arm_n and_o fight_v down_o antichrist_n with_o a_o corporal_n war._n so_o it_o be_v emphatical_o set_v forth_o joel_n 3.9_o to_o 17._o insert_v between_o two_o prophecy_n the_o first_o immediate_o precede_v v._o 1._o etc._n etc._n to_o v._o 9_o the_o other_o immediate_o succeed_v touch_v the_o glorious_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n on_o earth_n v._o 17._o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n weigh_v the_o place_n with_o which_o compare_n rev._n 17.16_o rev._n 18._o the_o whole_a chapter_n rev._n 19.17_o to_o the_o end_n in_o which_o place_n the_o holy_a ghost_n with_o all_o endeavour_n as_o we_o may_v say_v after_o the_o manner_n of_o man_n by_o all_o circumstance_n fit_v to_o humane_a capacity_n set_v forth_o the_o corporal_a war_n that_o must_v personal_o destroy_v antichrist_n the_o scruple_n of_o man_n about_o those_o place_n of_o scripture_n we_o shall_v remove_v when_o we_o come_v after_o to_o the_o full_a discuss_v of_o the_o quod_fw-la sit_fw-la viz._n that_o there_o be_v such_o a_o glorious_a state_n to_o come_v i_o say_v christ_n shall_v with_o a_o corporal_a war_n excite_v by_o his_o word_n destroy_v antichrist_n personal_o for_o when_o notwithstanding_o that_o christ_n have_v render_v the_o wickedness_n aforesaid_a of_o antichrist_n odious_a to_o the_o generality_n of_o the_o world_n and_o have_v dissect_v and_o cut_v they_o up_o by_o the_o root_n with_o the_o sword_n of_o his_o mouth_n that_o they_o take_v not_o with_o the_o miriads_o of_o man_n enlighten_v yet_o antichrist_n will_v act_v as_o antichrist_n like_o himself_o oppose_v christ_n in_o the_o power_n of_o his_o gospel_n the_o purity_n of_o his_o saint_n and_o worship_n and_o the_o glory_n of_o his_o kingdom_n then_o i_o say_v shall_v christ_n word_n the_o sword_n of_o his_o mouth_n put_v the_o sword_n of_o his_o hand_n into_o the_o hand_n of_o his_o people_n the_o rod_n of_o his_o mouth_n shall_v proceed_v to_o the_o use_n of_o his_o rod_n of_o iron_n in_o his_o hand_n rev._n 19.15_o and_o then_o as_o the_o prophet_n speak_v touch_v the_o corporal_a destruction_n of_o the_o bodily_a enemy_n of_o the_o church_n jer._n 48.9_o 10._o the_o city_n of_o moab_n shall_v be_v destroy_v curse_a be_v he_o that_o do_v the_o work_n of_o the_o lord_n negligent_o and_o curse_a be_v he_o that_o keep_v back_o his_o sword_n from_o blood_n so_o that_o christ_n with_o this_o breath_n of_o his_o mouth_n prepares_z or_o begin_v the_o ruin_n of_o antichrist_n the_o greek_a be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o be_v shall_v waste_v he_o as_o a_o estate_n be_v waste_v or_o consume_v he_o as_o a_o body_n by_o a_o consumption_n pine_v away_o but_o by_o the_o brightness_n of_o his_o come_n he_o shall_v make_v a_o full_a end_n of_o antichrist_n as_o to_o the_o preparation_n for_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n on_o earth_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d shall_v abolish_v as_o beza_n render_v it_o shall_v make_v he_o a_o nothing_o as_o the_o greek_a word_n be_v often_o use_v which_o brightness_n of_o christ_n come_v to_o do_v this_o be_v more_o close_o to_o the_o greek_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d render_v by_o the_o manifest_a appearance_n of_o his_o come_n and_o so_o our_o last_o translator_n can_v find_v the_o way_n to_o render_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o relation_n to_o christ_n kingdom_n by_o the_o word_n appearance_n 2_o tim._n 4.1_o i_o charge_v thou_o therefore_o before_o god_n and_o the_o lord_n jesus_n christ_n who_o shall_v judge_v the_o quick_a and_o the_o dead_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d at_o or_o according_a to_o his_o appear_v and_o his_o kingdom_n so_o likewise_o 1_o tim._n 6.14_o keep_v this_o commandment_n etc._n etc._n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d until_o the_o appearance_n of_o our_o lord_n jesus_n christ_n suitable_o it_o be_v our_o common_a phrase_n to_o call_v the_o day_n of_o the_o appearance_n of_o the_o star_n at_o christ_n birth_n epiphanie_n by_o all_o that_o we_o have_v say_v it_o be_v manifest_a that_o as_o the_o first_o schene_n of_o the_o ruin_n of_o antichrist_n be_v act_v by_o the_o spirit_n of_o christ_n mouth_n so_o the_o second_o be_v perform_v by_o the_o appearance_n of_o his_o person_n or_o else_o what_o need_v that_o be_v add_v and_o by_o the_o appearance_n of_o his_o come_v the_o breath_n or_o spirit_n of_o his_o mouth_n do_v not_o make_v a_o end_n of_o the_o work_n without_o the_o appearance_n of_o his_o come_n as_o in_o that_o of_o 2_o tim._n 4.1_o first_o be_v his_o appearance_n and_o then_o his_o kingdom_n for_o antichrist_n must_v be_v down_o ere_o christ_n shall_v have_v a_o apparent_a kingdom_n and_o christ_n must_v have_v his_o kingdom_n before_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n or_o else_o he_o will_v have_v no_o kingdom_n for_o than_o it_o be_v the_o father_n kingdom_n not_o he_o 1_o cor._n 15.28_o §_o 4_o and_o most_o likely_a the_o method_n will_v be_v this_o the_o pope_n shall_v be_v destroy_v by_o the_o breath_n of_o christ_n mouth_n that_o will_v prevail_v with_o christendom_n as_o they_o call_v it_o that_o will_v be_v effectual_a to_o all_o the_o christian_a world_n that_o own_o christ_n to_o be_v come_v already_o in_o the_o flesh_n to_o excite_v they_o see_v his_o mystery_n of_o abomination_n afore-named_n to_o be_v discover_v to_o pull_v he_o down_o root_n and_o branch_n but_o to_o the_o jew_n that_o to_o this_o day_n do_v not_o own_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o flesh_n christ_n must_v manifest_o appear_v at_o least_o in_o the_o cloud_n as_o zech._n 12._o rev._n 1.7_o of_o which_o afore_v to_o convert_v they_o as_o at_z once_o and_o so_o be_v bring_v in_o as_o a_o nation_n bear_v at_o once_o isa_n 66.8_o and_o thereby_o be_v stir_v up_o as_o one_o man_n to_o set_v against_o the_o turk_n from_o whence_o proceed_v his_o ruin_n §_o 5_o nor_o may_v any_o man_n fantasy_n to_o himself_o that_o he_o can_v put_v off_o what_o

have_v be_v say_v upon_o this_o text_n of_o 2_o thess_n 2._o with_o obtrude_a a_o sense_n upon_o it_o and_o devolve_v it_o upon_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n as_o if_o then_o be_v the_o just_a time_n of_o christ_n destroy_v antichrist_n by_o the_o brightness_n or_o appearance_n of_o his_o come_n for_o first_o this_o be_v to_o overturn_v the_o whole_a tenor_n of_o scripture_n that_o tell_v we_o distinct_o rev._n 17.16_o of_o the_o mean_n of_o the_o overthrow_n of_o antichrist_n viz._n that_o the_o ten_o horn_n or_o ten_o powerful_a dominion_n regality_n or_o imperiality_n shall_v hate_v the_o whore_n and_o shall_v make_v her_o desolate_a and_o naked_a and_o shall_v eat_v her_o flesh_n that_o be_v devour_v or_o destroy_v by_o a_o hebraisme_n imitate_v the_o hebrew_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o her_o flesh_n and_o not_o only_o her_o spiritual_a or_o moral_a estate_n and_o burn_v she_o with_o fire_n and_o the_o manner_n and_o measure_n and_o effect_n rev._n 18._o rev._n 19_o 19_o 20_o 21._o viz._n a_o millstone_n cast_v into_o the_o sea_n the_o cessation_n of_o all_o music_n mill_n and_o trade_n the_o extinguish_n of_o all_o candle_n be_v there_o use_v as_o type_n and_o sign_n of_o his_o destruction_n and_o the_o wail_n of_o king_n and_o merchant_n for_o his_o desolation_n be_v use_v to_o set_v forth_o the_o sequel_n thereof_o and_o then_o it_o be_v add_v express_o that_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o their_o army_n be_v gather_v together_o to_o make_v war_n against_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o the_o horse_n and_o against_o his_o army_n and_o the_o beast_n be_v take_v and_o with_o he_o the_o false_a prophet_n and_o be_v cast_v into_o a_o lake_n of_o fire_n etc._n etc._n and_o the_o remnant_n be_v slay_v with_o the_o sword_n etc._n etc._n and_o all_o the_o soul_n be_v fill_v with_o their_o flesh_n all_o which_o thing_n shall_v find_v neither_o time_n nor_o place_n to_o be_v act_v at_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n 2_o there_o be_v a_o weighty_a consideration_n in_o this_o text_n of_o 2_o thess_n 2._o to_o evince_n that_o it_o can_v relate_v to_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n for_o than_o be_v the_o destruction_n of_o all_o the_o wicked_a of_o the_o world_n rev._n 22.10_o if_o any_o of_o antichrist_n precise_o understand_v as_o the_o brood_n of_o turk_n and_o pope_n be_v then_o extant_a they_o be_v swallow_v up_o and_o drown_v as_o to_o the_o enumeration_n among_o the_o crowd_n of_o hypocrite_n who_o shall_v then_o be_v judge_v condemn_v and_o execute_v as_o hypocrite_n as_o oft_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n be_v so_o describe_v matth._n 7.22_o mat._n 25.41_o mat._n 24.51_o but_o our_o apostle_n in_o this_o 2_o thess_n 2.8_o speak_v precise_o of_o the_o distinct_a destruction_n of_o antichrist_n as_o antichrist_n and_o therefore_o mention_n he_o and_o his_o brood_n in_o a_o singular_a phrase_n as_o a_o single_a man_n in_o vers_fw-la 3._o he_o be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o man_n of_o sin_n and_o in_o the_o same_o verse_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o son_n of_o perdition_n vers_fw-la 4._o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d etc._n etc._n that_o opposer_n vers_fw-la 8._o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o same_o lawless_a one_o for_o if_o i_o may_v have_v leave_n to_o speak_v my_o notion_n then_o in_o precise_a consideration_n we_o may_v thus_o distinguish_v that_o as_o lapse_v adam_n with_o all_o wicked_a man_n consire_v in_o he_o rom._n 5._o be_v call_v the_o one_o and_o only_o first_o man_n 1_o cor._n 15._o and_o christ_n the_o second_o adam_n with_o all_o true_a christian_n reckon_v in_o he_o rom._n 6._o be_v call_v the_o one_o and_o only_o last_o man_n 1_o cor._n 15._o so_o antichrist_n be_v one_o middle_a person_n partly_o a_o man_n and_o partly_o a_o beast_n as_o it_o be_v oft_o in_o the_o revelation_n in_o who_o all_o antichristian_a man_n that_o be_v neither_o open_o wicked_a without_o all_o show_n of_o religion_n nor_o yet_o sincere_o christian_n be_v to_o be_v reckon_v as_o one_o with_o he_o as_o limb_n and_o trunk_n make_v but_o one_o body_n one_o antichrist_n so_o that_o as_o antichrist_n be_v a_o distinct_a thing_n in_o precise_a notion_n from_o the_o dirty_a open_a wicked_a so_o his_o destruction_n be_v distinct_a afore_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n for_o rev._n 11._o 13_o 15_o 18._o antichrist_n be_v destroy_v while_o christ_n have_v a_o kingdom_n distinct_a from_o the_o father_n ultimate_a kingdom_n and_o when_o the_o nation_n be_v angry_a at_o antichrist_n begin_v to_o fall_v and_o rev._n ch_n 18._o and_o c._n 19_o he_o fall_v afore_o new_a jerusalem_n be_v set_v up_o in_o rev._n 21._o and_o in_o c._n 20._o it_o be_v set_v forth_o as_o the_o cause_n of_o both_o that_o christ_n reign_v at_o least_o in_o and_o by_o his_o saint_n on_o earth_n a_o thousand_o year_n so_o that_o the_o appearance_n of_o christ_n destroy_v antichrist_n be_v at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n for_o christ_n appear_v as_o well_o at_o the_o beginning_n as_o the_o end_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n at_o the_o beginning_n for_o two_o main_a end_n the_o one_o for_o the_o conversion_n of_o the_o jew_n zech._n 12._o rev._n 1.7_o the_o other_o for_o the_o destruction_n of_o antichrist_n as_o we_o have_v it_o in_o this_o 2_o thess_n 2.8_o which_o though_o it_o do_v not_o hold_v forth_o the_o last_o and_o ultimate_v general_a judgement_n yet_o it_o hold_v forth_o a_o day_n of_o judgement_n yea_o the_o beginning_n and_o preparation_n to_o that_o day_n of_o judgement_n set_v his_o sheep_n as_o matth._n 25._o on_o his_o right_a hand_n first_o speak_v comfortable_o to_o they_o for_o a_o thousand_o year_n to_o make_v they_o triumph_v on_o earth_n where_o they_o have_v be_v trample_v on_o and_o after_o at_o the_o end_n of_o that_o thousand_o year_n set_v the_o goat_n on_o his_o left_a hand_n condemn_v they_o at_o that_o time_n of_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n sect_n v._o of_o the_o five_o scripture_n for_o christ_n personal_a appearance_n at_o the_o great_a restauration_n of_o the_o church_n matth._n 26.29_o but_o i_o say_v unto_o you_o i_o will_v not_o drink_v henceforth_o of_o this_o fruit_n of_o the_o vine_n until_o that_o day_n when_o i_o drink_v it_o new_a with_o you_o in_o my_o father_n kingdom_n §_o 1_o this_o scripture_n be_v allege_v by_o mr._n burrough_n for_o one_o place_n to_o prove_v the_o appearance_n of_o christ_n personal_o at_o the_o thousand_o year_n it_o be_v true_a say_v he_o this_o place_n be_v usual_o interpret_v in_o a_o mystical_a sense_n but_o there_o be_v no_o reason_n why_o we_o may_v not_o take_v it_o in_o a_o literal_a and_o a_o little_a afore_o he_o say_v it_o be_v a_o good_a rule_n that_o all_o scripture_n be_v to_o be_v understand_v literal_o unless_o it_o make_v against_o the_o coherence_n of_o the_o text_n or_o against_o some_o other_o scripture_n §_o 2_o it_o may_v be_v some_o may_v think_v that_o common_o this_o place_n be_v understand_v of_o christ_n converse_v with_o the_o disciple_n after_o his_o resurrection_n but_o not_o so_o common_o for_o the_o most_o renown_a calvin_n marlorat_n grotius_n etc._n etc._n be_v against_o that_o §_o 3_o beside_o it_o be_v not_o say_v luke_n 24.42_o 43._o that_o he_o do_v drink_v with_o the_o disciple_n after_o his_o resurrection_n eat_v he_o do_v with_o they_o to_o show_v the_o verity_n of_o his_o humanity_n now_o rise_v but_o it_o be_v not_o say_v he_o drink_v as_o if_o he_o need_v it_o either_o for_o concoction_n or_o to_o allay_v some_o corporal_a passion_n of_o heat_n §_o 4_o it_o be_v true_a that_o it_o be_v say_v by_o peter_n act._n 10.41_o touch_v himself_o and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o apostle_n we_o do_v eat_v and_o drink_v with_o he_o after_o he_o rise_v from_o the_o dead_a which_o may_v signify_v their_o more_o familiar_a society_n with_o he_o as_o luk._n 13.26_o we_o have_v eat_v and_o drink_v in_o thy_o presence_n but_o do_v not_o assert_v christ_n drink_v it_o be_v say_v express_o we_o do_v eat_v and_o drink_v not_o that_o he_o do_v drink_v paul_n tell_v we_o 1_o cor._n 15._o the_o body_n be_v raise_v a_o spiritual_a body_n and_o christ_n be_v the_o first_o fruit_n of_o they_o that_o sleep_n which_o signify_v that_o after_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o body_n there_o be_v no_o need_n of_o drink_n though_o christ_n do_v then_o eat_v to_o show_v himself_o to_o be_v true_a man_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v general_o conceive_v that_o this_o cup_n matth._n 26.29_o be_v his_o 26.29_o his_o sumpto_fw-la poculo_fw-la renunciat_fw-la corporali_fw-la potioni_fw-la theophyl_n en●_n rat_n in_o matth._n 26.29_o last_o part_v cup_n that_o he_o drink_v in_o this_o present_a world_n as_o never_o more_o

which_o the_o apostle_n heb._n 2._o v._o 5_o 6_o 7._o etc._n etc._n expound_v of_o christ_n and_o of_o the_o inhabit_a world_n to_o come_v as_o the_o greek_a be_v vers_fw-la 5._o and_o say_v that_o when_o christ_n be_v ascend_v yet_o then_o all_o thing_n be_v not_o put_v under_o his_o foot_n for_o all_o must_v be_v so_o all_o say_v the_o apostle_n there_o v._o 8._o that_o nothing_o must_v be_v except_v except_o as_o 1_o cor._n 15._o god_n himself_o but_o of_o this_o of_o heb._n 2._o abundant_o after_o §_o 2_o second_o we_o answer_v that_o it_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n his_o father_n because_o christ_n reign_v over_o it_o as_o in_o unspeakable_a union_n with_o the_o godhead_n that_o though_o he_o be_v but_o one_o person_n yet_o he_o have_v two_o nature_n so_o that_o the_o sense_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o my_o father_n that_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o syriac_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o be_v it_o i●_n the_o kingdom_n of_o a_o god-christ_n or_o a_o god-man_n christ_n for_o father_n be_v ascribe_v in_o scripture_n to_o the_o godhead_n usual_o in_o relation_n to_o christ_n incarnate_a so_o that_o because_o the_o two_o nature_n be_v join_v as_o colleague_n in_o one_o person_n over_o this_o empire_n therefore_o it_o be_v call_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o god._n and_o such_o a_o phrase_n and_o upon_o such_o a_o occasion_n as_o clear_o relate_v to_o the_o kingdom_n whereof_o we_o speak_v do_v the_o apostle_n use_n eph._n 5.5_o the_o word_n be_v these_o this_o know_v that_o no_o whoremonger_n nor_o unclean_a person_n nor_o covetous_a man_n etc._n etc._n have_v any_o inheritance_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o god._n the_o heathen_n never_o imagine_v that_o vicious_a person_n shall_v enter_v into_o their_o heavenly_a elysian-field_n or_o the_o blissful_a immortality_n of_o soul_n and_o inheritance_n more_o suit_n to_o earth_n then_o heaven_n and_o last_o after_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n christ_n have_v no_o kingdom_n 1_o cor._n 15.28_o therefore_o this_o place_n of_o ephes_n 5.5_o relate_v to_o the_o great_a restitution_n as_o plain_o appear_v by_o paralel_v another_o place_n which_o full_o answer_v to_o that_o of_o ephes_n 5.5_o viz._n rev._n 22.11.15_o the_o word_n be_v these_o he_o that_o be_v filthy_a let_v he_o be_v filthy_a still_o without_o be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d etc._n etc._n the_o dog_n the_o whoremonger_n etc._n etc._n when_o be_v this_o viz._n in_o the_o time_n when_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n and_o of_o the_o lamb_n shall_v be_v and_o appear_v glorious_a in_o the_o holy_a city_n the_o new_a jerusalem_n verf._n 1_o 2_o 3._o twice_o express_v there_o be_v also_o the_o like_a phrase_n of_o call_v it_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n and_o of_o christ_n in_o effect_n rev._n 12.9.10_o and_o the_o great_a dragon_n be_v cast_v out_o that_o old_a serpent_n call_v the_o devil_n and_o satan_n etc._n etc._n and_o i_o hear_v a_o loud_a voice_n say_v in_o heaven_n now_o be_v salvation_n and_o strength_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o god_n and_o the_o power_n of_o his_o christ_n so_o that_o christ_n as_o man_z joint_o with_o god_n do_v reign_v in_o this_o millenary_a kingdom_n and_o therefore_o christ_n speak_v of_o new_a wine_n new_a in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o his_o father_n before_o the_o ultimate_a ●ay_n of_o judgement_n for_o after_o that_o day_n christ_n have_v no_o kingdom_n nor_o power_n but_o lay_v down_o all_o as_o we_o have_v oft_o repeat_v it_o out_o of_o 1_o cor._n 15.28_o god_n the_o father_n be_v then_o to_o be_v all_o in_o all_o and_o therefore_o that_o expression_n so_o frequent_a in_o rev._n 20._o the_o saint_n hall_n reign_v with_o christ_n a_o thousand_o year_n can_v be_v mean_v of_o supernal_a eternal_a glory_n after_o the_o last_o judgement_n because_o that_o place_n but_o now_o quote_v of_o 1_o cor._n 15.28_o affirm_v that_o then_o christ_n himself_o be_v say_v not_o to_o reign_n but_o to_o lay_v down_o all_o and_o to_o be_v subject_a unto_o he_o that_o put_v all_o thing_n under_o he_o that_o god_n may_v be_v all_o in_o all_o so_o that_o then_o christ_n only_o enjoy_v glory_n with_o his_o saint_n not_o reign_n as_o christ_n in_o glory_n sect_n vi_o of_o the_o six_o scripture_n for_o christ_n personal_a appearance_n at_o the_o great_a restauration_n of_o the_o church_n 2_o tim._n 4.1_o i_o charge_v thou_o before_o god_n and_o the_o lord_n jesus_n christ_n who_o shall_v judge_v the_o quick_a and_o the_o dead_a at_o his_o appear_v and_o his_o kingdom_n §_o 1_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n here_o mention_v can_v be_v refer_v to_o his_o past_a government_n of_o the_o church_n for_o it_o be_v express_v in_o the_o future_a tense_n now_o so_o long_o since_o his_o ascension_n that_o he_o shall_v judge_v the_o quick_a and_o dead_a at_o his_o appearance_n and_o his_o kingdom_n §_o 2_o nor_o can_v this_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n here_o speak_v of_o signify_v any_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n after_o the_o ultimate_a judgement_n for_o then_o christ_n have_v no_o kingdom_n as_o but_o now_o and_o oft_o before_o be_v touch_v from_o 1_o cor._n 15.28_o §_o 3_o but_o when_o christ_n appear_v next_o to_o judge_v the_o quick_a and_o dead_a saint_n to_o reward_v they_o and_o to_o destroy_v the_o then_o live_v incurable_a and_o incorrigible_a wicked_a by_o a_o particular_a day_n of_o judgement_n at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n which_o be_v the_o preface_n to_o the_o ultimate_a judgement_n christ_n all_o that_o while_n be_v busy_v in_o execute_v that_o first_o sentence_n of_o judicature_n matth._n 25._o come_v you_o bless_v of_o my_o father_n inherit_v a_o kingdom_n provide_v for_o you_o according_a to_o revel_v 11.15_o 17_o 18._o of_o which_o much_o after_o compare_v revel_v 19_o three_o last_o verse_n i_o say_v when_o christ_n shall_v then_o appear_v he_o shall_v have_v a_o kingdom_n §_o 4_o the_o word_n appearance_n be_v the_o same_o in_o the_o greek_a as_o that_o 2_o thes_n 2.8_o so_o that_o christ_n must_v appear_v to_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o earth_n where_o this_o his_o kingdom_n be_v for_o the_o present_a as_o it_o be_v say_v luk._n 19.11_o 12._o by_o christ_n himself_o christ_n be_v go_v into_o a_o far_a country_n viz._n into_o heaven_n to_o take_v to_o he_o a_o kingdom_n that_o be_v in_o the_o metropolis_n heaven_n he_o be_v to_o be_v crown_v king_n of_o this_o his_o kingdom_n he_o be_v to_o have_v on_o earth_n but_o he_o be_v to_o return_v and_o then_o to_o take_v account_n of_o his_o servant_n in_o this_o his_o kingdom_n and_o to_o dignify_v the_o well-doer_n christ_n must_v be_v the_o five_o monarch_n dan._n 2.45_o dan._n 7.13_o 14._o i_o say_v christ_n be_v to_o be_v the_o five_o monarch_n the_o jew_n now_o have_v no_o king_n but_o in_o the_o last_o day_n they_o shall_v have_v david_n that_o be_v christ_n the_o son_n of_o david_n to_o be_v their_o king_n hos_n 3._o ver_fw-la 4_o 5._o and_o christ_n in_o act_n 1._o ver_fw-la 3._o have_v for_o forty_o day_n speak_v of_o the_o thing_n pertain_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n and_o thereupon_o be_v ask_v by_o the_o disciple_n ver_fw-la 6_o of_o his_o restore_v the_o kingdom_n to_o israel_n he_o do_v not_o deny_v the_o thing_n but_o only_o refuse_v then_o to_o tell_v they_o the_o time_n when_o it_o shall_v be_v do_v but_o after_o he_o tell_v we_o by_o john_n in_o the_o revelation_n as_o we_o shall_v see_v abundant_o after_o sect_n vii_o of_o the_o seven_o scripture_n for_o the_o personal_a appearance_n of_o christ_n at_o the_o great_a restauration_n of_o the_o church_n act_n 3.19_o 20_o 21._o repent_v you_o therefore_o and_o be_v convert_v that_o your_o sin_n may_v be_v blot_v out_o when_o the_o time_n of_o refresh_a shall_v come_v from_o the_o presence_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o he_o shall_v send_v jesus_n christ_n which_o be_v before_o preach_v unto_o you_o who_o the_o heaven_n must_v receive_v until_o the_o time_n of_o restitution_n of_o all_o thing_n which_o god_n have_v speak_v by_o the_o mouth_n of_o all_o his_o holy_a prophet_n since_o the_o world_n begin_v §_o 1_o this_o place_n of_o scripture_n be_v the_o more_o considerable_a in_o that_o it_o be_v urge_v by_o some_o that_o look_v upon_o thing_n only_o with_o a_o cursory_a eye_n against_o christ_n glorious_a kingdom_n yet_o to_o come_v on_o earth_n which_o if_o well_o weigh_v speak_v most_o strong_o for_o it_o §_o 2_o for_o 1._o time_n and_o especial_o time_n twice_o mention_v in_o the_o plural_a can_v so_o well_o relate_v to_o a_o state_n after_o the_o last_o judgement_n when_o time_n shall_v be_v no_o more_o rev._n 10.6_o 7._o and_o the_o angel_n swear_v by_o he_o that_o live_v for_o ever_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v

there_o can_v be_v a_o apt_a proverb_n ubi_fw-la bene_fw-la nemo_fw-la meliùs_fw-la let_v we_o touch_v with_o their_o pen_n a_o little_a on_o every_o clause_n i_o shall_v see_v he_o or_o see_v it_o 〈◊〉_d it_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o be_v the_o person_n and_o thing_n he_o prophecy_v of_o follow_v which_o sol._n jarchi_n expound_v i_o see_v the_o praise_n of_o jacob_n and_o their_o greatness_n but_o it_o be_v not_o now_o but_o after_o a_o time_n chaskuni_fw-la add_v he_o prophesi_v of_o david_n that_o be_v of_o he_o in_o his_o ultimate_a generation_n christ_n as_o you_o shall_v see_v the_o rabbin_n by_o and_o by_o in_o their_o targum_fw-la talmud_n and_o treatise_n harmonious_o consent_v but_o not_o nigh_o that_o be_v as_o jarchi_n say_v afore_o it_o be_v not_o now_o but_o after_o a_o time_n and_o as_o the_o targum_fw-la or_o chalde_a paraphrase_n expound_v it_o it_o be_v not_o near_o when_o a_o king_n shall_v arise_v out_o of_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n and_o christ_n shall_v be_v anoint_v of_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n and_o shall_v rule_n overdo_n all_z the_o son_n of_o men_n mark_v that_o expression_n it_o follow_v there_o shall_v come_v a_o star_n out_o of_o jacob._n the_o greek_a translate_v shall_v arise_v or_o shine_v forth_o which_o be_v apply_v to_o christ_n by_o peter_n in_o the_o say_v 2_o pet._n 1.19_o aforequoted_n and_o by_o christ_n himself_o to_o himself_o in_o the_o above_o cite_a rev._n 22.16_o both_o place_n be_v pen_v since_o christ_n ascension_n and_o therefore_o can_v import_v no_o less_o then_o that_o it_o be_v yet_o to_o be_v fulfil_v and_o that_o before_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n at_o which_o time_n it_o be_v too_o late_o for_o christ_n to_o shine_v as_o a_o day_n star_n to_o the_o jew_n if_o he_o shine_v not_o to_o they_o afore_o or_o for_o the_o consideration_n of_o christ_n relation_n to_o david_n when_o he_o lay_v down_o all_o relation_n but_o of_o these_o thing_n by_o and_o by_o in_o the_o inference_n from_o the_o say_a place_n of_o number_n of_o which_o it_o follow_v and_o a_o sceptre_n shall_v rise_v out_o of_o israel_n that_o be_v say_v the_o chalde_a paraphrase_n a_o king_n shall_v arise_v the_o messiah_n or_o christ_n shall_v be_v anoint_v that_o shall_v rule_n all_z the_o son_n of_o men._n so_o that_o christ_n must_v have_v his_o sceptre_n as_o well_o as_o david_n and_o other_o king_n and_o as_o his_o gracious_a sceptre_n of_o righteousness_n over_o his_o people_n psal_n 45.7_o heb._n 1.8_o so_o his_o powerful_a constrain_a destroy_a rod_n or_o sceptre_n of_o iron_n over_o his_o enemy_n psal_n 2.9_o rev._n 12.5_o which_o two_o last_v mention_v place_n be_v prophetical_a of_o future_a time_n not_o fulfil_v shall_v seem_v in_o the_o time_n of_o john_n pen_v the_o revelation_n though_o that_o be_v long_o after_o christ_n ascension_n and_o he_o shall_v smite_v the_o corner_n of_o moab_n or_o through_o the_o corner_n of_o moab_n the_o greek_a be_v he_o shall_v break_v to_o piece_n the_o duke_n of_o moab_n 〈◊〉_d moab_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o chalde_a be_v he_o shall_v kill_v the_o prince_n of_o moab_n †_o and_o shall_v unwal_v the_o child_n of_o seth_n which_v the_o chalde_a excellent_o expound_v that_o christ_n shall_v have_v dominion_n over_o all_o the_o child_n of_o man_n for_o seth_n be_v the_o son_n of_o adam_n give_v to_o he_o in_o the_o room_n of_o abel_n slay_v and_o kaines_n posterity_n be_v drown_v in_o the_o flood_n only_a seths_n posterity_n remain_v in_o noah_n all_o the_o world_n since_o that_o may_v be_v true_o say_v to_o be_v the_o child_n of_o seth_n as_o of_o a_o secondary_a adam_n which_o dominion_n of_o christ_n over_o all_o king_n and_o nation_n be_v prophesy_v in_o psal_n 72.11_o all_o king_n shall_v fall_v down_o before_o he_o and_o all_o nation_n shall_v serve_v he_o and_o in_o phil._n 2.10_o it_o be_v speak_v in_o the_o future_a tense_n 〈◊〉_d tense_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d after_o christ_n ascension_n and_o of_o all_o person_n and_o thing_n not_o only_o of_o heavenly_a or_o spiritual_a but_o of_o earthly_a etc._n etc._n to_o this_o exposition_n sol._n jarchi_n subscribe_v all_o the_o son_n of_o seth_n that_o be_v say_v he_o all_z peoples_n which_o do_v all_o come_v of_o seth_n the_o son_n of_o adam_z the_o first_o we_o have_v one_o rabbin_z behind_o viz._n maimony_n who_o in_o their_o talmud_n 1._o talmud_n r._n maimony_n in_o misn_a tom._n 4._o treat_n of_o king_n c._n 11._o sect_n 1._o notable_o explain_v the_o whole_a prophecy_n of_o balaam_n brief_o thus_o i_o shall_v see_v he_o but_o not_o now_o that_o be_v david_n i_o shall_v behold_v he_o but_o not_o nigh_o this_o be_v the_o king_n christ_n there_o shall_v proceed_v a_o star_n out_o of_o jacob_n this_o be_v david_n and_o a_o sceptre_n shall_v rise_v out_o of_o israel_n this_o be_v the_o king_n christ_n and_o shall_v smi●e_v through_o the_o corner_n of_o moab_n this_o be_v david_n as_o it_o be_v write_v two_o sam._n 2.8_o and_o he_o smite_v moab_n etc._n etc._n and_o he_o shall_v unwal_v all_o the_o son_n of_o seth_n this_o be_v the_o king_n christ_n of_o who_o it_o be_v write_v psal_n 72.8_o he_o shall_v have_v dominion_n from_z sea_n to_o sea._n and_o edom_n shall_v be_v a_o possession_n to_o david_n as_o it_o be_v say_v and_o all_o they_o of_o edom_n become_v david_n servant_n 2_o sam._n 8.14_o and_o seir_n shall_v be_v a_o possession_n this_o be_v unto_o the_o king_n christ_n as_o it_o be_v say_v and_o saviour_n shall_v come_v up_o on_o mount_n zion_n to_o judge_v the_o mount_n of_o esau_n and_o the_o kingdom_n shall_v bee_n the_o lord_n hobad_n v._o 21._o thus_o maimony_n who_o have_v speak_v so_o full_o that_o i_o need_v not_o but_o give_v a_o light_a touch_n on_o the_o rest_n verse_n 18._o edom_n shall_v be_v a_o possession_n these_o edomite_n the_o posterity_n of_o esau_n become_v a_o possession_n to_o david_n 1_o chron._n 18.13_o after_o that_o they_o be_v to_o be_v a_o possession_n to_o christ_n isa_n 63.1_o who_o be_v this_o that_o come_v up_o from_o edom_n with_o die_v garment_n from_o bozrah_n red_a with_o blood_n sprinkle_v on_o his_o garment_n intimate_v a_o corporal_a destruction_n of_o the_o edomite_n by_o christ_n seir_n also_o shall_v be_v a_o possession_n seir_n that_o be_v esau_n for_o there_o esau_n dwell_v gen._n 36._o therefore_o the_o greek_a render_n seir_n by_o esau_n so_o that_o this_o clause_n be_v all_o one_o with_o the_o former_a against_o who_o and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o enemy_n of_o the_o church_n the_o israelite_n as_o it_o follow_v shall_v do_v valiantness_n as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o hebrew_n that_o be_v valiant_a act_n valiant_o which_o in_o effect_n sometime_o signify_v victory_n in_o war_n 1_o sam._n 14.48_o sometime_o get_v wealth_n and_o riches_n ezek._n 28.4_o both_o here_o mean_v as_o both_o go_v together_o in_o the_o case_n of_o victory_n in_o war_n though_o the_o chalde_a express_v rather_o the_o late_a which_o double_a sense_n well_o answer_v to_o the_o name_n israel_n that_o signify_v a_o prevail_a as_o a_o prince_n with_o god_n and_o man_n gen._n 32.28_o and_o to_o psal_n 60.14_o through_o god_n we_o shall_v do_v valiantness_n and_o he_o will_v tread_v down_o our_o enemy_n and_o heb._n 2.8_o god_n will_v put_v all_o thing_n in_o subjection_n under_o christ_n foot_n who_o be_v the_o son_n of_o david_n of_o the_o seed_n of_o israel_n and_o he_o shall_v have_v dominion_n that_o be_v one_o of_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n as_o the_o chalde_a express_v it_o so_o targum_fw-la jonathan_n say_v and_o a_o ruler_n shall_v rise_v up_o out_o of_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n which_o sol._n jarchi_n open_v thus_o and_o yet_o there_o shall_v be_v another_o ruler_n out_o of_o jacob_n and_o he_o shall_v destroy_v he_o that_o remain_v out_o of_o the_o city_n of_o the_o king_n christ_n he_o speak_v thus_o of_o who_o it_o be_v say_v psal_n 72._o he_o shall_v have_v dominion_n from_z sea_n to_o sea_n and_o shall_v destroy_v he_o that_o remain_v out_o of_o the_o city_n that_o be_v of_o all_o city_n as_o the_o chalde_a expound_v it_o viz._n the_o city_n of_o the_o people_n verse_n 20_o 21_o 22._o be_v plain_a of_o themselves_o verse_n 23_o alas_o who_o shall_v live_v when_o god_n do_v this_o the_o chalde_a explain_v it_o woe_n to_o the_o sinner_n that_o shall_v live_v when_o god_n do_v this_o targum_fw-la jonathan_n explain_v it_o thus_o when_o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n shall_v be_v reveal_v to_o give_v a_o good_a reward_n unto_o the_o just_a and_o take_v vengeance_n on_o the_o wicked_a verse_n 24_o and_o ship_n shall_v come_v from_o the_o coast_n of_o chittim_n and_o shall_v afflict_v ashur_n and_o shall_v afflict_v eber_n and_o he_o shall_v

and_o he_o shall_v be_v to_o i_o a_o son_n but_o when_o again_o to_o give_v it_o you_o as_o afore_o in_o term_n and_o order_n of_o word_n close_o to_o the_o original_a again_o original_a thus_o arias_n do_v order_v they_o when_o the_o apostle_n will_v say_v and_o again_o he_o saíd_v in_o verse_n 5._o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d but_o in_o this_o six_o verse_n he_o say_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d which_o last_o word_n be_v in_o the_o second_o a●rist_n in_o the_o subj_fw-la mood_n which_o sound_v future_a and_o so_o the_o syriack_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d but_o again_o he_o shall_v bring_v his_o first_o beget_v son_n into_o the_o inhabit_a world_n he_o say_v let_v all_o the_o angel_n worship_v he_o the_o sense_n be_v obvious_a that_o god_n never_o own_v any_o one_o of_o the_o angel_n to_o be_v his_o only_a first_o beget_v son_n but_o when_o again_o he_o shall_v bring_v his_o first_o beget_v son_n into_o the_o world_n he_o have_v give_v command_n that_o all_o the_o angel_n shall_v worship_v he_o as_o his_o only_o beget_v son_n that_o this_o text_n speak_v of_o god_n bring_v his_o first_o beget_v son_n again_o into_o the_o inhabit_a world_n now_o after_o christ_n ascension_n when_o the_o apostle_n write_v that_o we_o have_v afore_o large_o discuss_v book_n 3._o chap._n 2._o sect._n 4._o &_o §_o id_fw-la est_fw-la sectiuncula_fw-la 4._o i_o only_o add_v be_v heedful_o mindful_a of_o the_o apostle_n expression_n in_o the_o future_a now_o after_o christ_n come_v in_o the_o flesh_n and_o that_o after_o the_o general_a judgement_n christ_n as_o christ_n shall_v lay_v down_o all_o his_o dominion_n over_o angel_n and_o man_n and_o therefore_o it_o must_v be_v of_o some_o middle_a time_n between_o our_o present_a generation_n that_o these_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d render_v here_o angel_n must_v give_v christ_n while_o he_o be_v mediator_n a_o more_o ample_a and_o apparent_a homage_n then_o ever_o they_o have_v do_v according_a to_o the_o glorious_a state_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o thing_n at_o that_o time_n on_o earth_n 3_o ¶_o for_o this_o place_n of_o the_o hebrew_n let_v all_o the_o angel_n of_o god_n worship_v he_o be_v quote_v by_o the_o apostle_n out_o of_o psal_n 97.7_o which_o word_n for_o word_n according_a to_o the_o hebrew_n 〈◊〉_d hebrew_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v bow_v down_o to_o he_o all_o you_o god_n which_o as_o we_o say_v afore_o comprehend_v as_o all_o angel_n so_o all_o king_n potentate_n and_o magistrate_n call_v by_o god_n himself_o god_n psal_n 82._o ver_fw-la 1._o ver_fw-la 6._o and_o so_o apply_v by_o christ_n joh._n 10.34_o jesus_n answer_v they_o be_v it_o not_o write_v in_o your_o law_n i_o say_v you_o be_v god_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d if_o he_o call_v they_o god_n to_o who_o the_o word_n of_o god_n come_v etc._n etc._n and_o indeed_o they_o can_v proper_o bow_v or_o crouch_v down_o as_o the_o hebr._n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o the_o greek_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d precise_o signify_v as_o the_o angel_n can_v do_v it_o only_o virtual_o and_o on_o the_o other_o side_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d angel_n be_v oft_o use_v in_o scripture_n to_o signify_v eminent_a man_n in_o office_n mal._n 4.1_o rev._n chap._n 2.1_o chap._n 2._o chap._n 3._o but_o grant_v that_o the_o apostle_n design_v be_v to_o prove_v christ_n to_o be_v above_o angel_n do_v render_v the_o hebrew_n text_n according_a to_o the_o septuagint_n greek_n than_o a_o common_a translation_n in_o frequent_a use_n throughout_o the_o world_n since_o the_o late_a greek_a monarchy_n over_o all_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d worship_v he_o all_o you_o his_o angel_n yet_o this_o be_v as_o true_a that_o as_o the_o apostle_n close_v that_o his_o discourse_n in_o that_o first_o of_o hebrew_n with_o a_o touch_n of_o christ_n future_a dominion_n over_o all_o angel_n and_o man_n on_o earth_n say_v to_o which_o of_o the_o angel_n say_v he_o at_o any_o time_n quote_v out_o of_o psal_n 110._o sit_v thou_o on_o my_o right_a hand_n till_o i_o make_v thy_o enemy_n thy_o footstool_n so_o that_o 97._o psalm_n do_v real_o include_v and_o intend_v our_o position_n in_o hand_n viz._n christ_n visible_a glorious_a kingdom_n over_o all_o the_o world_n yet_o to_o come_v for_o in_o the_o first_o verse_n of_o that_o 97._o psalm_n it_o be_v say_v the_o lord_n reign_v let_v the_o earth_n rejoice_v let_v the_o multitude_n of_o the_o isle_n be_v glad_a thereof_o or_o the_o lord_n reign_v the_o earth_n shall_v rejoice_v and_o the_o many_o island_n shall_v 〈◊〉_d shall_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v glad_a 〈◊〉_d glad_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d this_o lord_n be_v christ_n as_o the_o apostle_n apply_v it_o heb._n 1.8_o 9_o now_o christ_n have_v reign_v in_o his_o ordinary_a providence_n and_o power_n from_o the_o creation_n to_o the_o psalmist_n time_n etc._n etc._n as_o appear_v in_o overthrow_v he_o and_o his_o people_n enemy_n and_o preserve_v his_o people_n in_o the_o flood_n in_o the_o fire_n on_o sodom_n in_o his_o miracle_n in_o egypt_n wilderness_n and_o the_o red-sea_n in_o his_o victory_n over_o the_o several_a nation_n in_o canaan_n etc._n etc._n and_o after_o the_o last_o judgement_n it_o be_v improper_a to_o say_v christ_n reign_v in_o glory_n 1_o cor._n 15.28_o and_o christ_n never_o yet_o so_o reign_v as_o be_v describe_v in_o this_o first_o verse_n of_o this_o 97_o psalm_n that_o all_o the_o earth_n without_o limitation_n shall_v rejoice_v at_o that_o his_o reign_v and_o the_o multitude_n of_o isle_n shall_v be_v glad_a by_o isle_n according_a to_o a_o ancient_a usual_a hebraisme_n and_o jewish_a phrase_n be_v mean_v all_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o gentile_n isa_n 41._o v._n 1._o keep_v silence_n before_o i_o o_o island_n and_o let_v the_o people_n or_o nation_n renew_v their_o strength_n 〈◊〉_d strength_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o v._o 5._o the_o isle_n see_v it_o and_o fear_v and_o the_o end_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v afraid_a chap._n 42._o v._n 4._o the_o isle_n shall_v wait_v for_o his_o law_n and_o so_o nine_o time_n in_o this_o prophet_n three_o time_n in_o jer._n 9_o time_n in_o ezek._n in_o zeph._n once_o viz._n chap._n 2._o v._n 11._o the_o isle_n of_o the_o heathen_a or_o gentile_n 〈◊〉_d gentile_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o gen._n once_o gen._n 10.5_o the_o isle_n of_o the_o gentile_n the_o reason_n of_o the_o phrase_n be_v because_o the_o jew_n dwell_v in_o the_o continent_n of_o asia_n they_o count_v all_o the_o world_n islander_n that_o be_v divide_v from_o they_o by_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n whence_o be_v that_o phrase_n of_o isle_n of_o the_o sea_n ester_n 10.1_o ahasuerus_n lay_v a_o tax_n or_o tribute_n upon_o the_o land_n and_o upon_o the_o isle_n of_o the_o sea._n and_o isa_n 24.15_o glorify_v the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n god_n of_o israel_n in_o the_o isle_n of_o the_o sea._n and_o ezek._n 26.18_o now_o shall_v the_o isle_n tremble_v in_o the_o day_n of_o thy_o fall_n yea_o the_o isle_n that_o be_v in_o the_o sea_n shall_v be_v trouble_v yea_o to_o make_v all_o yet_o plain_o it_o be_v twice_o say_v viz._n jer._n 2.10_o ezek._n 27.6_o the_o isle_n of_o chittim_n by_o which_o chittim_n be_v oft_o understand_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n as_o dan._n 11.30_o for_o one_o instance_n so_o that_o according_a to_o this_o sense_n of_o this_o 97_o psalm_n vers_fw-la 1_o all_z the_o world_n of_o jew_n and_o gentile_n must_v be_v glad_a and_o rejoice_v at_o the_o reign_v of_o christ_n as_o it_o follow_v in_o the_o six_o verse_n the_o heaven_n declare_v his_o righteousness_n and_o all_z the_o people_n see_v his_o glory_n all_z without_o exception_n which_o two_o clause_n can_v be_v aptly_o apply_v and_o expound_v then_o by_o that_o rev._n 1.7_o rev._n 20.1_o rev._n 21.1_o christ_n come_v in_o the_o cloud_n and_o every_o eye_n shall_v see_v he_o christ_n as_o the_o great_a angel_n descend_v from_o heaven_n bind_v satan_n and_o cause_v his_o saint_n to_o reign_v on_o earth_n new_a jerusalem_n a_o new_a heaven_n and_o a_o new_a earth_n be_v bring_v down_o from_o heaven_n wherein_o as_o pet._n 2_o ep._n 3._o chap._n enlarge_v dwell_v righteousness_n but_o all_z people_z yet_o never_o see_v that_o his_o righteousness_n and_o glory_n all_o the_o god_n as_o in_o v._o 7._o all_o king_n and_o prince_n potentate_n magistrate_n and_o power_n never_o yet_o worship_v he_o as_o christ_n but_o general_o in_o all_o age_n from_o the_o creation_n to_o this_o day_n have_v oppose_v he_o as_o such_o both_o of_o jew_n and_o gentile_n 4_o ¶_o but_o all_o must_v ere_o the_o last_o judgement_n either_o sincere_o or_o seem_o worship_v he_o psal_n 22.27_o 28_o 29._o which_o psalm_n be_v concern_v

you_o see_v and_o hear_v for_o david_n be_v not_o ascenascend_v into_o the_o heaven_n but_o he_o say_v himself_o the_o lord_n say_v to_o my_o lord_n sit_v thou_o on_o my_o right_a hand_n until_o i_o make_v thy_o enemy_n thy_o footstool_n therefore_o let_v the_o house_n of_o israel_n know_v assure_o that_o god_n have_v make_v that_o same_o jesus_n who_o you_o have_v crucify_v both_o lord_n and_o the_o christ_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d for_o from_o hence_o we_o may_v bold_o conclude_v the_o sense_n of_o the_o apostle_n that_o by_o christ_n ascension_n not_o only_o be_v the_o spirit_n to_o be_v pour_v out_o as_o ephes_n 4._o joh._n 7.39_o but_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n must_v know_v assure_o that_o he_o be_v there_o initiate_v install_v and_o entitle_v to_o be_v lord_z and_o the_o christ_n that_o as_o before_o we_o open_v it_o out_o of_o luke_n 19.11_o christ_n go_v away_o to_o heaven_n to_o return_v and_o receive_v a_o kingdom_n so_o that_o christ_n must_v have_v beside_o his_o anoint_v with_o his_o spiritual_a power_n another_o lordship_n to_o subdue_v all_o his_o enemy_n to_o be_v his_o footstool_n and_o this_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n must_v know_v assure_o now_o after_o christ_n ascension_n as_o after_o his_o ascension_n the_o apostle_n there_o make_v that_o application_n of_o the_o one_o hundred_o and_o ten_o psalm_n but_o sure_a enough_o to_o this_o day_n neither_o do_v the_o house_n of_o israel_n know_v this_o assure_o nor_o be_v his_o enemy_n his_o footstool_n but_o contrariwise_o christ_n in_o his_o repute_n and_o in_o his_o member_n and_o his_o gospel_n be_v their_o footstool_n 6_o ¶_o the_o apostle_n carry_v on_o this_o yet_o further_o in_o 1_o cor._n 15._o ver_fw-la 24_o to_o ver_fw-la 29._o then_o come_v the_o end_n when_o he_o shall_v have_v deliver_v up_o the_o kingdom_n to_o god_n the_o father_n when_o he_o shall_v have_v put_v down_o all_o rule_n and_o all_o authority_n and_o all_o power_n for_o he_o must_v reign_v till_o he_o have_v put_v all_o enemy_n under_o his_o foot_n the_o last_o enemy_n that_o shall_v be_v destroy_v be_v death_n for_o he_o have_v mark_v here_o he_o use_v the_o past_a time_n put_v all_o thing_n under_o his_o foot_n but_o when_o he_o say_v all_o thing_n be_v put_v under_o he_o it_o be_v manifest_v that_o he_o be_v except_v which_o do_v put_v all_o thing_n under_o he_o and_o when_o all_o thing_n shall_v be_v subdve_v unto_o he_o observe_v now_o the_o apostle_n speak_v in_o the_o future_a time_n then_o also_o shall_v the_o son_n himself_o be_v subject_a unto_o he_o that_o put_v all_o thing_n under_o he_o you_o see_v evident_o that_o in_o the_o five_o and_o twenty_o verse_n be_v quote_v the_o word_n of_o the_o one_o hundred_o and_o ten_o psalm_n and_o in_o the_o twenty_o seven_o verse_n be_v quote_v part_n of_o the_o eight_o psalm_n which_o be_v the_o reason_n why_o the_o apostle_n speak_v there_o in_o the_o past_a time_n not_o that_o the_o thing_n be_v then_o fulfil_v when_o the_o apostle_n pen_v that_o 1_o cor._n 15._o for_o present_o in_o the_o twenty_o eight_o verse_n he_o speak_v they_o in_o the_o future_a but_o because_o it_o be_v in_o the_o hebrew_n in_o psal_n 8._o in_o the_o past_a time_n allude_v to_o the_o type_n of_o it_o in_o adam_n gen._n 1.26_o etc._n etc._n howbeit_o the_o sense_n be_v a_o prophecy_n of_o thing_n to_o come_v that_o they_o shall_v be_v all_o subject_n to_o christ_n as_o they_o be_v to_o adam_n as_o this_o our_o apostle_n apply_v it_o heb._n 2._o of_o which_o afore_v these_o thing_n be_v premise_v let_v we_o now_o see_v what_o the_o apostle_n do_v comment_n in_o this_o 1_o cor._n 15._o upon_o that_o one_o hundred_o and_o ten_o psalm_n first_o the_o apostle_n lay_v it_o down_o for_o a_o sure_a position_n in_o the_o twenty_o four_o verse_n that_o the_o end_n of_o all_z be_v not_o till_o christ_n have_v deliver_v up_o the_o kingdom_n to_o god_n the_o father_n 2._o he_o give_v we_o a_o sign_n in_o the_o same_o verse_n when_o he_o will_v so_o give_v up_o the_o kingdom_n viz._n when_o he_o have_v put_v down_o all_o authority_n rule_n and_o power_n 3._o the_o apostle_n prove_v this_o out_o of_o this_o one_o hundred_o and_o ten_o psalm_n ver_fw-la 1._o for_o say_v the_o apostle_n ver_fw-la 25._o he_o must_v reign_v till_o he_o have_v put_v all_o enemy_n under_o his_o foot_n which_o be_v all_o one_o with_o make_v his_o enemy_n his_o footstool_n and_o plain_o hold_v forth_o to_o we_o by_o this_o connexion_n that_o part_n of_o christ_n put_v down_o all_o authority_n and_o power_n be_v to_o put_v all_o his_o enemy_n under_o his_o foot_n which_o say_v the_o apostle_n must_v be_v so_o universal_a that_o all_o enemy_n to_o christ_n or_o his_o member_n as_o well_o thing_n as_o person_n must_v be_v comprehend_v even_o death_n itself_o as_o the_o last_o of_o all_o the_o rest_n 4._o that_o all_o thing_n be_v not_o subdue_v unto_o christ_n when_o the_o apostle_n write_v that_o 1_o cor._n 15._o for_o in_o the_o twenty_o eight_o verse_n he_o speak_v of_o they_o as_o of_o thing_n to_o come_v viz._n when_o all_o thing_n shall_v be_v subdve_v unto_o he_o christ_n have_v before_o that_o about_o eighteen_o year_n bypass_a 52._o bypass_a christ_n ascend_v about_o anno_fw-la 34._o paul_n write_v his_o first_o epist_n to_o the_o corinthian_n about_o anno_fw-la 52._o rise_v and_o ascend_v yet_o notwithstanding_o the_o apostle_n speak_v of_o put_v all_o his_o enemy_n under_o christ_n foot_n as_o of_o a_o thing_n yet_o to_o come_v which_o do_v excellent_o confirm_v that_o sense_n we_o give_v of_o the_o apostle_n word_n heb._n 2._o viz._n that_o paul_n and_o those_o of_o his_o time_n do_v not_o see_v all_o thing_n put_v under_o christ_n or_o subject_n to_o he_o though_o they_o see_v he_o ascend_v and_o to_o be_v ascend_v nor_o do_v we_o or_o have_v we_o now_o about_o one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o year_n since_o that_o see_v all_o thing_n subject_a to_o christ_n whereof_o the_o apostle_n give_v we_o six_o sign_n of_o assurance_n for_o say_v the_o apostle_n 1_o if_o all_o thing_n be_v subject_a to_o christ_n than_o the_o end_n come_v ver_fw-la 24._o 2._o the_o full_a end_n be_v not_o till_o christ_n resign_v up_o all_o viz._n the_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n etc._n etc._n to_o god_n ver_fw-la 24._o 3._o that_o before_o that_o be_v do_v death_n must_v be_v destroy_v as_o one_o of_o the_o enemy_n to_o be_v put_v under_o christ_n foot_n ver_fw-la 26._o by_o the_o destroy_n of_o death_n be_v not_o only_o mean_v a_o moral_a or_o spiritual_a destruction_n of_o it_o that_o it_o shall_v not_o prejudice_v our_o salvation_n for_o so_o it_o have_v be_v destroy_v to_o all_o believer_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o promise_n of_o christ_n reveal_v to_o eve_n but_o physical_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o death_n to_o the_o godly_a revel_v 21.4_o 4._o that_o death_n be_v the_o last_o enemy_n that_o shall_v be_v destroy_v ver_fw-la 26._o which_o be_v fulfil_v to_o the_o godly_a at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o which_o we_o speak_v when_o all_o the_o elect_a decease_a shall_v rise_v from_o the_o dead_a the_o wicked_a decease_a not_o rise_v till_o the_o end_n of_o the_o say_v thousand_o year_n as_o before_o we_o have_v touch_v and_o shall_v be_v after_o demonstrate_v at_o which_o time_n death_n shall_v be_v remove_v from_o those_o wicked_a to_o the_o end_n that_o they_o with_o their_o companion_n that_o a_o little_a afore_o make_v head_n against_o christ_n in_o his_o saint_n may_v receive_v their_o final_a judgement_n but_o because_o the_o apostle_n here_o mention_n death_n as_o a_o enemy_n to_o christ_n kingdom_n for_o the_o death_n temporal_a or_o eternal_a of_o the_o wicked_a be_v a_o friend_n to_o christ_n kingdom_n he_o must_v of_o necessity_n mean_v the_o abolish_n of_o corporal_a death_n from_o the_o saint_n which_o be_v perform_v at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n which_o place_v of_o death_n in_o the_o order_n and_o relation_n of_o the_o last_o of_o the_o enemy_n of_o christ_n and_o his_o church_n do_v clear_o intimate_v that_o many_o enemy_n of_o christ_n and_o his_o saint_n must_v be_v destroy_v afore_o that_o which_o stand_v in_o opposition_n to_o this_o all-glorious_a and_o all-peaceable_a visible_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n on_o earth_n and_o as_o death_n be_v destroy_v physical_o as_o we_o have_v show_v so_o all_o that_o submit_v not_o to_o christ_n be_v destroy_v physical_o that_o be_v they_o cease_v to_o be_v on_o earth_n 5._o that_o death_n be_v not_o destroy_v till_o the_o last_o trumpet_n ver_fw-la 51._o &_o 52._o in_o that_o 1_o cor._n 15._o behold_v i_o show_v you_o a_o mystery_n we_o shall_v not_o all_o sleep_n but_o we_o shall_v

to_o compare_v dan._n 2.35_o where_o all_o the_o four_o metal_n be_v utter_o break_v to_o piece_n and_o the_o little_a stone_n cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n become_v a_o great_a mountain_n and_o fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n but_o i_o shall_v god_n assist_v give_v you_o a_o more_o particular_a account_n viz._n that_o both_o jew_n and_o christian_n do_v understand_v the_o promise_n in_o this_o chapter_n of_o a_o visible_a glorious_a estate_n of_o the_o church_n yet_o to_o be_v on_o the_o face_n of_o the_o earth_n before_o the_o ultimate_a end_n of_o the_o world_n of_o the_o latter_a sort_n we_o will_v name_v only_o the_o famous_a piscator_fw-la alsted_n and_o heurnius_n of_o the_o former_a in_o brief_a thus_o their_o talmud_n gemara_n sanhedrim_n pereck_n r._n ketina_n etc._n etc._n assert_v that_o this_o world_n do_v continue_v six_o thousand_o year_n in_o one_o it_o shall_v be_v destroy_v so_o as_o to_o be_v purify_v as_o gold_n and_o free_v from_o the_o curse_n of_o which_o it_o be_v say_v isa_n 2._o the_o lord_z alone_o shall_v bee_n exalt_v in_o that_o day_n and_o r._n scelomo_n quote_v also_o this_o second_o of_o isa_n say_v the_o lord_n shall_v arise_v and_o shake_v the_o earth_n terrible_o in_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n when_o he_o shall_v break_v the_o wicked_a it_o be_v usual_a with_o the_o learned_a jew_n to_o call_v this_o glorious_a time_n of_o christ_n visible_a kingdom_n on_o earth_n a_o day_n of_o judgement_n not_o dissentaneous_a to_o the_o wont_a of_o scripture_n to_o compellate_n and_o compare_v any_o great_a time_n of_o reformation_n as_o a_o day_n of_o judgement_n psal_n 50.1_o etc._n etc._n 1_o pet._n 4.17_o and_o indeed_o as_o john_n show_v we_o rev._n 11._o in_o the_o begin_n of_o this_o most_o glorious_a visible_a kingdom_n there_o be_v a_o beginning_n of_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n in_o that_o the_o wicked_a alive_a that_o submit_v not_o to_o christ_n be_v destroy_v and_o the_o live_a saint_n have_v a_o reward_n give_v they_o together_o with_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o decease_a saint_n which_o st._n john_n call_v the_o first_o resurrection_n r.d._n kimchi_n say_v in_o that_o day_n in_o the_o day_n of_o messiah_n when_o the_o lord_n shall_v execute_v his_o judgement_n on_o the_o wicked_a the_o lord_n alone_o shall_v be_v exalt_v isa_n 2._o the_o lord_n alone_o shall_v be_v exalt_v say_v he_o be_v as_o much_o as_o to_o say_v and_z the_o lord_z shall_v be_v king_n overdo_n all_z the_o earth_n we_o may_v quote_v more_o but_o for_o haste_n and_o brevity_n §_o 4_o and_o this_o must_v be_v in_o the_o last_o day_n say_v the_o second_o of_o isa_n or_o near_o the_o hebrew_n in_o the_o last_o of_o day_n or_o utmost_a end_n of_o day_n therefore_o if_o the_o prophet_n have_v look_v at_o no_o further_a time_n than_o that_o of_o christ_n first_o come_v in_o the_o flesh_n he_o will_v not_o have_v call_v that_o the_o last_o of_o day_n since_o which_o have_v pass_v above_o one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o year_n the_o last_o of_o day_n proper_o signify_v those_o after_o which_o eternity_n next_o and_o immediate_o follow_v as_o it_o do_v after_o the_o complete_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o this_o visible_a kingdom_n §_o 5_o these_o thing_n be_v premise_v let_v we_o view_v whether_o the_o promise_n aforequoted_n out_o of_o the_o second_o of_o isaiah_n have_v be_v fulfil_v to_o this_o day_n 1_o ¶_o sure_o that_o in_o the_o second_o verse_n and_o part_n of_o the_o three_o that_o the_o mountain_n of_o the_o lord_n house_n shall_v be_v establish_v on_o the_o head_n of_o the_o mountain_n etc._n etc._n and_o people_n shall_v come_v and_o say_v come_v you_o and_o let_v we_o go_v up_o to_o the_o mountain_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n have_v not_o be_v hitherto_o fulfil_v and_o complete_v for_o as_o yet_o neither_o the_o visible_a power_n and_o glory_n of_o christ_n nor_o of_o his_o church_n so_o as_o for_o gentile_n to_o say_v come_v let_v we_o go_v up_o etc._n etc._n have_v be_v establish_v over_o the_o head_n the_o pope_n of_o the_o seven_o hill_n of_o rome_n or_o over_o the_o turk_n the_o head_n of_o the_o four_o hill_n of_o jerusalem_n or_o over_o the_o height_n of_o power_n and_o glory_n of_o the_o hill_n of_o the_o generality_n of_o the_o people_n gentiles_n or_o nation_n of_o the_o world_n the_o church_n at_o jerusalem_n such_o as_o it_o be_v in_o christ_n time_n be_v in_o captivity_n under_o the_o heathen_a roman_a empire_n and_o so_o continue_v till_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o roman_a bishop_n and_o immediate_o after_o that_o thraldom_n be_v subdue_v to_o the_o turk_n who_o keep_v they_o in_o that_o thraldom_n to_o this_o day_n the_o heathen_a roman_n refuse_v at_o the_o first_o the_o lord_n christ_n by_o vote_n of_o the_o senate_n and_o after_o persecute_v his_o church_n for_o many_o year_n and_o the_o turk_n blaspheme_v christ_n in_o their_o alcoran_n and_o have_v war_v against_o his_o church_n from_o age_n to_o age_n since_o their_o rise_n and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o world_n for_o the_o generality_n be_v indian_n barbarian_n and_o semi-beast_n that_o know_v neither_o god_n nor_o themselves_o nor_o what_o christ_n be_v nor_o what_o a_o christian_a be_v 2_o ¶_o nor_o be_v the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n establish_v in_o the_o top_n of_o the_o mountain_n that_o be_v upon_o zion_n the_o high_a of_o the_o four_o hill_n of_o jerusalem_n for_o present_o after_o christ_n death_n persecution_n scatter_v christian_n from_o jerusalem_n act._n 8._o and_o within_o forty_o year_n or_o thereabouts_o after_o christ_n ascension_n the_o temple_n of_o jerusalem_n be_v destroy_v and_o after_o a_o while_n the_o city_n and_o for_o about_o three_o hundred_o year_n onward_o the_o church_n of_o christ_n be_v extreme_o persecute_v by_o the_o heathen_a roman_n and_o anon_o after_o constantine_n time_n only_o except_v or_o little_o more_o they_o be_v sore_o persecute_v by_o the_o arian_n heretic_n so_o that_o instead_o of_o all_o nation_n go_v up_o to_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n on_o the_o top_n of_o the_o mountain_n for_o divine_a worship_n christian_a jew_n and_o gentile_n be_v scatter_v among_o all_o nation_n and_o though_o act._n 2._o there_o be_v a_o handful_n of_o several_a nation_n at_o jerusalem_n if_o they_o be_v gentile_n and_o not_o rather_o jew_n yet_o this_o be_v far_o from_o all_o nation_n flow_v to_o it_o say_v come_v let_v we_o go_v up_o to_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o he_o will_v teach_v we_o of_o his_o way_n and_o we_o will_v walk_v in_o his_o path_n for_o the_o generality_n of_o those_o very_a man_n act._n 2._o mock_v the_o apostle_n while_o they_o teach_v they_o the_o way_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o as_o at_o jerusalem_n so_o in_o the_o country_n round_o about_o the_o christian_n be_v every_o where_o persecute_v as_o the_o history_n of_o the_o act_n do_v all_o along_o give_v we_o a_o particular_a account_n 3_o ¶_o nor_o be_v that_o fulfil_v to_o this_o day_n which_o be_v prophesy_v in_o the_o four_o verse_n christ_n have_v not_o hitherto_o so_o judge_v among_o the_o nation_n and_o rebuke_v many_o people_n that_o they_o have_v beat_v their_o sword_n into_o plough_n share_n and_o their_o spear_n into_o pruning-hook_n so_o that_o nation_n have_v not_o lift_v up_o sword_n against_o nation_n neither_o learned_a war_n any_o more_o 4_o ¶_o nor_o have_v that_o be_v yet_o fulfil_v which_o be_v in_o verse_n 10_o 11_o 12_o etc._n etc._n to_o v._o 17._o that_o man_n have_v so_o dread_v the_o majesty_n of_o the_o lord_n that_o they_o have_v hide_v themselves_o that_o the_o lofty_a look_n of_o man_n have_v be_v humble_v and_o their_o haughtiness_n bow_v down_o that_o the_o lord_n alone_o have_v be_v exalt_v that_o the_o day_n of_o the_o lord_n of_o host_n have_v be_v upon_o every_o one_o that_o be_v proud_a and_o lofty_a upon_o all_o the_o cedar_n of_o lebanon_n and_o okes_n of_o bashan_n that_o be_v lift_v up_o upon_o all_o the_o high_a mountain_n and_o hill_n that_o be_v lift_v up_o upon_o every_o high_a tower_n upon_o every_o fence_a wall_n upon_o all_o the_o ship_n of_o tarshish_n and_o upon_o all_o the_o pleasant_a picture_n to_o bow_v down_o and_o bring_v down_o low_a all_o these_o so_o that_o the_o lord_n alone_o may_v be_v exalt_v in_o that_o day_n alas_o ever_o since_o christ_n come_v in_o the_o flesh_n the_o whole_a world_n general_o have_v be_v very_o high_a proud_a against_o the_o lord_n christ_n antichrist_n have_v be_v much_o exalt_v and_o the_o lord_n have_v be_v least_o exalt_v his_o honour_n his_o cause_n his_o people_n have_v be_v trample_v on_o in_o the_o time_n of_o constantine_n the_o great_a some_o little_a be_v do_v in_o the_o roman_a empire_n for_o a_o little_a time_n for_o the_o church_n of_o

without_o consideration_n of_o god_n hand_n in_o it_o and_o shall_v manage_v the_o rod_n with_o insolent_a cruelty_n to_o the_o jew_n that_o god_n will_v bring_v destruction_n upon_o the_o assyrian_a for_o deliverance_n of_o the_o jew_n the_o confirmation_n of_o this_o deliverance_n as_o be_v the_o manner_n of_o god_n in_o the_o prophet_n have_v its_o foundation_n lay_v in_o the_o send_n of_o christ_n chapter_n 11._o the_o promise_n whereof_o and_o description_n of_o who_o person_n we_o have_v set_v forth_o and_o characterise_v in_o the_o first_o five_o verse_n there_o shall_v come_v forth_o a_o rod_n out_o of_o the_o stem_n of_o jesse_n etc._n etc._n and_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o lord_n shall_v rest_v upon_o he_o the_o spirit_n of_o wisdom_n etc._n etc._n and_o he_o shall_v not_o judge_v after_o the_o sight_n of_o his_o eye_n but_o with_o righteousness_n shall_v he_o judge_v etc._n etc._n so_o that_o although_o in_o hezekiahs_n time_n wherein_o isaiah_n prophesy_v the_o host_n of_o the_o assyrian_n be_v destroy_v to_o the_o number_n of_o one_o hundred_o eighty_o five_o thousand_o by_o the_o angel_n of_o the_o lord_n 2_o king_n 19.35_o and_o again_o in_o the_o time_n of_o judah_n captivity_n in_o babylon_n they_o be_v overthrow_v with_o a_o mighty_a destruction_n by_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n dan._n 5.30_o yet_o these_o be_v not_o the_o all_z of_o the_o threat_v of_o this_o prophecy_n against_o assyria_n for_o the_o threat_n be_v carry_v on_o still_o in_o zach._n 1.15_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n though_o at_o that_o time_n judah_n be_v return_v and_o to_o keep_v to_o this_o our_o text_n of_o isa_n according_a to_o the_o length_n of_o the_o foundation_n of_o this_o prophecy_n must_v the_o superstructure_n be_v extend_v viz._n to_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n which_o come_v of_o he_o be_v not_o restrictive_o determine_v to_o his_o first_o come_v in_o his_o incarnation_n must_v be_v leave_v at_o large_a to_o reach_v to_o his_o second_o come_v at_o the_o great_a restauration_n as_o the_o text_n do_v seem_v to_o require_v in_o mention_v his_o judge_n v._o 3._o his_o smite_v the_o earth_n v._o 4._o etc._n etc._n for_o we_o must_v know_v to_o give_v you_o mr._n mede_n notion_n alicubi_fw-la as_o near_o as_o i_o can_v that_o the_o old_a prophet_n for_o the_o most_o part_n speak_v of_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n indefinite_o and_o in_o general_n without_o that_o distinction_n of_o first_o and_o second_o come_v which_o we_o have_v more_o clear_o learn_v in_o the_o gospel_n for_o this_o reason_n those_o prophet_n except_o daniel_n who_o distinguish_v those_o come_n and_o the_o gospel_n out_o of_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o thing_n which_o shall_v be_v at_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n indefinite_o and_o altogether_o which_o we_o who_o be_v now_o more_o full_o inform_v by_o the_o revelation_n of_o his_o gospel_n of_o this_o distinction_n of_o a_o twofold_a come_n must_v apply_v each_o of_o they_o to_o its_o proper_a time_n those_o thing_n which_o befit_v the_o state_n of_o his_o first_o come_v unto_o it_o and_o such_o thing_n as_o befit_v the_o state_n of_o his_o second_o come_v unto_o his_o second_o and_o that_o which_o befit_v both_o alike_o may_v be_v apply_v to_o both_o which_o notion_n of_o mr._n mede_n be_v the_o more_o to_o be_v acknowledge_v in_o that_o it_o may_v appear_v by_o many_o instance_n from_o the_o creation_n hitherto_o that_o the_o grand_a promise_n of_o great_a deliverance_n have_v their_o successive_a and_o gradual_a fulfil_n from_o their_o first_o promulgation_n unto_o the_o end_n of_o this_o world_n as_o daily_a experience_n produce_v fresh_a testimony_n isa_n calvin_n on_o isa_n the_o context_n say_v isa_n 10.24_o etc._n etc._n thus_o say_v the_o lord_n o_o my_o people_n that_o dwell_v in_o zion_n be_v not_o afraid_a of_o the_o assyrian_a he_o shall_v smite_v thou_o with_o a_o rod_n and_o shall_v lift_v up_o his_o staff_n against_o thou_o after_o the_o manner_n of_o egypt_n for_o yet_o a_o very_a little_a while_n and_o the_o indignation_n shall_v cease_v and_o my_o anger_n in_o their_o destruction_n etc._n etc._n and_o in_o that_o day_n his_o burden_n shall_v be_v take_v away_o from_o thy_o shoulder_n etc._n etc._n now_o in_o hezekiahs_n time_n the_o assyrian_a do_v not_o smite_v the_o inhabitant_n of_o zion_n but_o be_v smite_v by_o the_o angel_n of_o the_o lord_n as_o afore_o mention_v nor_o be_v the_o burden_n of_o the_o assyrian_a take_v away_o from_o off_o the_o shoulder_n of_o the_o dweller_n at_o zion_n at_o their_o return_n from_o babylon_n by_o a_o destruction_n on_o they_o under_o who_o they_o be_v then_o in_o captivity_n for_o the_o lord_n stir_v up_o the_o spirit_n of_o cyrus_n their_o king_n voluntary_o to_o let_v they_o return_v as_o we_o well_o know_v the_o story_n in_o the_o second_o of_o chron._n chapter_n last_o and_o ezra_n chap._n 1._o and_o further_o the_o apostle_n do_v bring_v down_o many_o passage_n of_o this_o eleven_o of_o isaiah_n unto_o the_o transaction_n of_o their_o time_n and_o downward_o apply_v they_o to_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n yea_o to_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n after_o his_o ascension_n for_o example_n ¶_o 1._o first_o that_o in_o verse_n 1._o there_o shall_v come_v forth_o a_o rod_n out_o of_o the_o stem_n of_o jesse_n etc._n etc._n be_v apply_v by_o the_o apostle_n act._n 13._o v._n 22._o etc._n etc._n to_o v._o 42._o to_o christ_n as_o the_o eminent_a seed_n of_o david_n of_o the_o seed_n of_o jesse_n conjoin_v a_o quotation_n out_o of_o psal_n 2._o thou_o be_v my_o son_n this_o day_n have_v i_o beget_v thou_o which_o with_o other_o passage_n in_o that_o psalm_n as_o have_v be_v demonstrate_v signify_v christ_n visible_a kingdom_n on_o earth_n yet_o to_o come_v and_o a_o quotation_n out_o of_o isaiah_n 55.3_o touch_v the_o sure_a mercy_n of_o david_n and_o one_o other_o quotation_n out_o of_o ps_n 16._o that_o his_o holy_a one_o see_v no_o corruption_n of_o purpose_n to_o prove_v that_o though_o david_n himself_o be_v dead_a yet_o christ_n live_v to_o be_v the_o sure_a mercy_n of_o david_n and_o to_o keep_v off_o his_o seed_n from_o see_v corruption_n that_o in_o he_o the_o everliving_a seed_n of_o david_n may_v reign_v to_o the_o end_n of_o this_o world_n and_o that_o in_o some_o peculiar_a way_n privilege_n and_o relation_n and_o proportion_n to_o david_n or_o else_o the_o dint_n and_o vigour_n of_o isaiahs_n and_o the_o psalmist_n text_n and_o the_o apostle_n commentary_n be_v make_v to_o languish_v which_o privilege_n peculiarity_n relation_n and_o analogy_n to_o david_n what_o can_v it_o be_v but_o a_o visible_a reign_v or_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n for_o christ_n kingdom_n pure_o spiritual_a by_o his_o word_n and_o spirit_n what_o do_v it_o more_o relate_v to_o david_n then_o to_o other_o christian_a king_n and_o prince_n of_o the_o gentile_n convert_v from_o heathenism_n or_o how_o more_o over_o david_n people_n or_o kingdom_n more_o than_o over_o all_o indian_n and_o heathen_n where_o the_o gospel_n be_v spread_v and_o receive_v ¶_o 2_o again_o that_o in_o verse_n the_o ten_o of_o this_o eleven_o of_o isaiah_n there_o shall_v be_v a_o root_n of_o jesse_n which_o shall_v stand_v for_o a_o ensign_n of_o the_o people_n to_o it_o shall_v the_o gentile_n seek_v the_o apostle_n rom._n 15.12_o draw_v down_o to_o christ_n then_o ascend_v and_o give_v we_o this_o sense_n of_o the_o prophet_n that_o christ_n be_v not_o only_o the_o object_n of_o faith_n to_o the_o gentile_n but_o that_o the_o gentile_n shall_v be_v his_o subject_n he_o reign_v over_o they_o how_o reign_v over_o they_o mark_v curious_o the_o apostle_n word_n and_o you_o may_v perceive_v something_o again_o say_v the_o apostle_n there_o shall_v be_v a_o root_n of_o jesse_n and_o he_o that_o shall_v rise_v to_o reign_v over_o the_o gentile_n in_o he_o shall_v the_o gentile_n trust_v his_o reign_v as_o in_o relation_n to_o david_n do_v not_o commence_v from_o his_o incarnation_n but_o he_o shall_v rise_v to_o reign_v speak_v by_o the_o apostle_n after_o christ_n resurrection_n and_o ascension_n and_o render_v as_o you_o hear_v by_o our_o translator_n under_o a_o future_a notion_n he_o shall_v rise_v to_o reign_v yea_o follow_v the_o word_n yet_o close_o even_o home_o to_o the_o very_a door_n of_o the_o original_a and_o you_o will_v see_v i_o think_v yet_o more_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d etc._n etc._n there_o shall_v be_v a_o root_n of_o jesse_n and_o he_o shall_v rise_v again_o to_o reign_v over_o the_o gentile_n or_o stand_v up_o again_o to_o reign_v over_o they_o christ_n have_v before_o the_o apostle_n pen_v that_o rise_v the_o first_o time_n viz._n from_o the_o grave_n of_o the_o earth_n but_o now_o that_o he_o have_v ascend_v long_o since_o up_o into_o heaven_n and_o there_o as_o it_o

brightness_n of_o the_o sun_n shall_v be_v nothing_o to_o it_o at_o which_o time_n as_o it_o follow_v the_o lord_n of_o host_n in_o christ_n jesus_n say_v diodat_n shall_v reign_v on_o mount_n zion_n and_o in_o jerusalem_n type_n of_o the_o universal_a church_n and_o that_o in_o great_a glory_n before_o his_o ancientour_n who_o be_v the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n by_o blood_n as_o well_o as_o by_o profession_n christ_n be_v consider_v as_o man_n as_o the_o local_a circumstance_n of_o zion_n and_o jerusalem_n call_v for_o that_o notion_n §_o 3_o calvin_n again_o clear_o intimate_v in_o many_o circumlocution_n that_o his_o sense_n of_o this_o text_n be_v that_o christ_n speak_v in_o the_o future_a of_o time_n after_o calvin_n time_n shall_v establish_v his_o church_n on_o earth_n in_o a_o most_o glorious_a estate_n ego_fw-la non_fw-la dubito_fw-la quin_fw-la persequatur_fw-la propheta_fw-la etc._n etc._n that_o be_v i_o doubt_v not_o but_o that_o the_o prophet_n prosecute_v the_o consolation_n which_o he_o have_v touch_v in_o the_o former_a verse_n to_o this_o sense_n or_o effect_n when_o the_o lord_n shall_v visit_v his_o people_n and_o shall_v purge_v his_o church_n from_o their_o filthiness_n he_o shall_v settle_v his_o kingdom_n and_o that_o so_o illustrious_a that_o it_o shall_v obscure_v the_o sun_n and_o star_n with_o its_o splendour_n which_o kind_n of_o speech_n be_v usual_a with_o the_o prophet_n as_o we_o have_v already_o see_v but_o here_o isaiah_n speak_v of_o the_o body_n of_o the_o church_n and_o not_o only_o of_o the_o head_n see_v therefore_o the_o lord_n will_v establish_v his_o kingdom_n upon_o mount_n zion_n so_o great_a shall_v be_v the_o magnificence_n thereof_o in_o the_o instauration_n of_o the_o people_n as_o that_o the_o thing_n that_o otherwise_o shine_v in_o the_o sight_n of_o man_n shall_v now_o be_v as_o darkness_n which_o that_o he_o may_v express_v to_o the_o life_n be_v name_n these_o thing_n that_o above_o all_o be_v most_o splendent_a the_o word_n ruling_n be_v improper_o draw_v to_o signify_v god_n vengeance_n for_o although_o god_n be_v say_v to_o reign_v when_o he_o act_v the_o office_n of_o a_o judge_n yet_o this_o speech_n so_o comprehend_v within_o it_o concern_v the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n in_o mount_n zion_n it_o always_o have_v the_o notation_n of_o mercy_n and_o salvation_n for_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o restitution_n of_o the_o church_n whence_o it_o follow_v that_o this_o be_v not_o fulfil_v but_o in_o christ_n he_o make_v a_o precise_a mention_n of_o elder_n or_o ancient_n use_v a_o synecdoche_n which_o be_v exceed_o usual_a in_o scripture_n for_o he_o take_v a_o special_a part_n of_o the_o church_n for_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o church_n yet_o not_o without_o a_o consult_v purpose_n he_o call_v by_o the_o name_n of_o ancient_n as_o well_o the_o priest_n as_o other_o ruler_n who_o be_v chief_a over_o discipline_n and_o manner_n by_o who_o moderation_n and_o prudence_n the_o rest_n be_v to_o be_v govern_v under_o their_o name_n he_o comprehend_v all_o the_o people_n not_o only_o because_o they_o represent_v the_o whole_a body_n as_o under_o their_o shadow_n the_o people_n be_v cover_v but_o also_o that_o believer_n may_v conceive_v hope_n of_o a_o future_a order_n for_o otherwise_o it_o will_v little_a or_o nothing_o profit_n that_o the_o multitude_n shall_v be_v leave_v dissipate_v in_o manner_n of_o a_o dismember_a body_n or_o confuse_a mass_n neither_o be_v it_o impertinent_o add_v before_o the_o ancient_n that_o the_o jew_n may_v know_v that_o the_o power_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v manifest_a and_o illustrious_a etc._n etc._n for_o so_o he_o reign_v that_o we_o may_v perceive_v he_o present_v with_o we_o for_o if_o it_o shall_v be_v beyond_o our_o comprehension_n no_o comfort_n will_v redound_v to_o we_o thereby_o for_o glory_n other_o read_v glorious_o other_o glorious_a i_o have_v rather_o take_v it_o in_o the_o substantive_a glory_n although_o it_o make_v no_o difference_n in_o the_o sense_n for_o it_o teach_v how_o great_a shall_v be_v the_o magnificence_n and_o glory_n of_o god_n by_o erect_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o that_o all_o splendour_n be_v obscure_v and_o only_a the_o glory_n of_o christ_n must_v be_v eminent_a and_o conspicuous_a whence_o it_o follow_v that_o than_o at_o length_n god_n shall_v enjoy_v his_o own_o right_n among_o we_o and_o have_v his_o due_a honour_n when_o all_o his_o creature_n be_v gather_v into_o order_n he_o alone_o be_v resplendent_a in_o our_o eye_n thus_o calvin_n who_o word_n and_o phrase_n here_o can_v bear_v no_o less_o than_o a_o sense_n favour_v a_o visible_a glorious_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n on_o earth_n though_o something_o of_o it_o as_o he_o say_v must_v be_v comprehend_v by_o faith_n above_o sense_n to_o which_o visibility_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n on_o earth_n the_o correlative_a in_o 22_o and_o 23._o verse_n answer_v to_o our_o relative_a than_o in_o our_o text_n of_o punish_v the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n upon_o the_o earth_n etc._n etc._n do_v strong_o bear_v witness_n §_o 4_o now_o lay_v altogether_o and_o then_o judge_v when_o be_v this_o text_n ever_o fulfil_v sure_o in_o a_o literal_a sense_n as_o to_o corporal_a transaction_n not_o at_o their_o return_n from_o babylon_n for_o then_o the_o babylonian_n be_v not_o punish_v nor_o put_v in_o prison_n nor_o be_v the_o jew_n in_o a_o outward_a glorious_a condition_n but_o as_o in_o subjection_n still_o to_o babylon_n and_o make_v a_o scorn_n by_o sanballat_n tobiah_n etc._n etc._n with_o the_o multitude_n of_o their_o adherent_n hinder_v their_o building_n discourage_v their_o work_n raise_v lie_n lay_v plot_n to_o endanger_v they_o so_o that_o they_o be_v as_o long_o near_o upon_o in_o repair_v the_o temple_n and_o city_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o settle_v the_o state_n thereof_o from_o the_o first_o that_o they_o begin_v it_o as_o they_o have_v be_v in_o captivity_n haggi_n captivity_n see_v the_o book_n of_o ezra_n nehemiah_n and_o haggi_n nor_o be_v this_o text_n of_o isa_n literal_o and_o corporal_o fulfil_v to_o they_o at_o christ_n be_v on_o earth_n be_v then_o also_o under_o captivity_n and_o reproach_n by_o the_o roman_n acts._n roman_n see_v the_o story_n of_o the_o evangelist_n and_o acts._n and_o to_o this_o day_n in_o the_o same_o condition_n under_o they_o and_o all_o nation_n in_o the_o world_n nor_o have_v this_o be_v yet_o fulfil_v in_o a_o spiritual_a sense_n from_o that_o time_n to_o this_o day_n in_o that_o not_o one_o of_o ten_o thousand_o of_o the_o gentile_n admire_v their_o levitical_a glory_n and_o their_o ancient_n the_o scribe_n pharisee_n elder_n and_o ruler_n of_o the_o synogogue_n and_o people_n general_o oppose_v and_o persecute_v evanagelical_a glory_n and_o though_o for_o a_o spurt_n some_o few_o favour_v the_o gospel_n act._n 1._o act._n 2._o yet_o by_o and_o by_o they_o universal_o act._n 13._o fall_v off_o from_o this_o glory_n and_o so_o continue_v until_o these_o our_o time_n §_o 5_o nor_o can_v these_o be_v fulfil_v 〈◊〉_d ultimate_a judgement_n for_o then_o christ_n rule_v not_o 1_o cor._n 15._o v._n 24._o v._n 28._o sect_n xvi_o §_o 1_o the_o six_o place_n in_o isaiah_n be_v that_o which_o follow_v at_o the_o heel_n of_o this_o viz._n chapter_n 25._o throughout_o but_o especial_o from_o v._o 7._o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n with_o some_o passage_n of_o the_o 26_o chapter_n be_v also_o a_o song_n of_o praise_n for_o the_o glorious_a state_n of_o the_o church_n to_o be_v especial_o those_o passage_n v._o 14._o v._n 19_o the_o late_a invention_n of_o chapter_n may_v not_o hinder_v our_o prospect_n upon_o the_o continue_a sense_n of_o this_o chapter_n inseparable_o depend_v on_o the_o former_a where_o in_o the_o last_o verse_n the_o prophet_n have_v say_v than_o shall_v the_o moon_n be_v confound_v and_o the_o sun_n ashamed_a when_o the_o lord_n of_o host_n shall_v reign_v in_o mount_n zion_n and_o jerusalem_n &c._n &c._n explain_v afore_o he_o now_o begin_v this_o chapter_n with_o a_o solemn_a praise_n to_o god_n for_o his_o preparation_n to_o and_o manifestation_n of_o that_o his_o glorious_a reign_n to_o give_v you_o the_o main_a passage_n of_o the_o whole_a chapter_n v._o 1._o o_o lord_n thou_o be_v my_o god_n i_o will_v exalt_v thou_o etc._n etc._n v._n 2._o for_o thou_o have_v make_v of_o a_o city_n a_o heap_n of_o a_o defence_a city_n a_o ruin_n a_o palace_n of_o stranger_n to_o be_v no_o city_n it_o shall_v never_o be_v build_v v._o 3._o therefore_o the_o strong_a people_n shall_v glorify_v thou_o etc._n etc._n v._n 4._o for_o thou_o have_v be_v a_o strength_n to_o the_o poor_a and_o needy_a in_o distress_n a_o refuge_n from_o the_o storm_n a_o shadow_n from_o the_o heat_n when_o the_o blast_n of_o the_o terrible_a one_o be_v a_o storm_n against_o the_o

they_o again_o into_o their_o fold_n and_o they_o shall_v he_o fruitful_a and_o increase_v vers_fw-la 4._o and_o i_o will_v set_v up_o shepherd_n that_o shall_v feed_v they_o and_o they_o shall_v fear_v no_o more_o nor_o be_v dismay_v neither_o shall_v they_o be_v lack_v say_v the_o lord_n verse_n 5._o behold_v the_o day_n come_v say_v the_o lord_n that_o i_o will_v raise_v unto_o david_n a_o righteous_a branch_n and_o a_o king_n shall_v reign_v and_o prosper_v and_o shall_v execute_v justice_n and_o judgement_n upon_o the_o earth_n in_o his_o day_n judah_n shall_v be_v save_v and_o israel_n shall_v dwell_v safe_o and_o this_o be_v his_o name_n whereby_o be_v shall_v be_v call_v the_o lord_n our_o righteousness_n verse_n 7._o therefore_o behold_v the_o day_n come_v say_v the_o lord_n that_o they_o shall_v no_o more_o say_v the_o lord_n live_v which_o bring_v up_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o egypt_n verse_n 8._o but_o the_o lord_n live_v which_o bring_v up_o and_o which_o lead_v the_o seed_n of_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n out_o of_o the_o north_n country_z and_z from_z all_z country_n whither_o i_o have_v drive_v they_o and_o they_o shall_v dwell_v in_o their_o own_o land_n §_o 3_o mark_v now_o what_o the_o hebrew_n doctor_n and_o jewish_a rabbin_n as_o opposite_a as_o they_o be_v to_o christ_n in_o their_o writing_n since_o the_o return_n of_o the_o two_o tribe_n from_o babylon_n it_o be_v write_v in_o the_o book_n berochoth_v benzuma_n say_v it_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v that_o israel_n shall_v not_o remember_v their_o departure_n out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o egypt_n in_o the_o world_n to_o come_v speak_v just_a as_o the_o apostle_n heb._n 2.5_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o the_o day_n of_o messiah_n by_o which_o last_o clause_n you_o may_v see_v what_o the_o rab._n mean_n by_o the_o world_n to_o come_v and_o say_v the_o rabbin_z how_o do_v this_o appear_v that_o which_o be_v write_v in_o jer._n 23._o say_v he_o will_v prove_v it_o behold_v the_o day_n come_v and_o they_o shall_v say_v no_o more_o the_o lord_n live_v which_o etc._n etc._n which_o say_v this_o rabb_n wise_a man_n interpret_v thus_o not_o as_o if_o the_o name_n of_o egypt_n shall_v be_v blot_v out_o but_o because_o the_o wonder_n which_o shall_v be_v effect_v in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o messiah_n shall_v be_v principal_a and_o the_o egyptian_a less_o §_o 4_o observe_v next_o the_o phrase_n and_o circumstance_n of_o the_o place_n as_o first_o that_o here_o be_v mention_v not_o only_o of_o judah_n reversion_n and_o conversion_n but_o of_o israel_n too_o and_o second_o that_o they_o shall_v return_v not_o only_o from_o the_o land_n of_o the_o north_n but_o from_o all_o country_n whither_o they_o be_v drive_v which_o country_n be_v mention_v act._n 2.9_o 10.11_o and_o 1_o pet._n 1.1_o and_o be_v compare_v with_o ancient_a and_o modern_a history_n and_o experience_n do_v show_v that_o they_o be_v now_o scatter_v into_o all_o part_n of_o the_o world_n and_o be_v so_o acknowledge_v to_o be_v by_o the_o learned_a jew_n r.m._n ben_n israel_n in_o his_o spes_fw-la israelis_fw-la and_o three_o that_o at_o the_o time_n the_o prophet_n intend_v there_o must_v be_v a_o sweet_a compliance_n between_o jew_n and_o gentile_n in_o matter_n of_o religion_n and_o last_o that_o these_o thing_n must_v be_v when_o christ_n the_o righteous_a branch_n spring_v from_o david_n shall_v be_v king_n and_o reign_v and_o prosper_v and_o execute_v justice_n and_o judgement_n in_o the_o earth_n §_o 5_o all_o which_o due_o weigh_v do_v clear_o demonstrate_v without_o multiply_v of_o word_n that_o they_o be_v never_o yet_o fulfil_v nor_o can_v the_o transaction_n of_o they_o consist_v with_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n and_o therefore_o be_v yet_o according_a to_o the_o truth_n of_o god_n to_o be_v fulfil_v afore_o that_o day_n sect_n xxviii_o §_o 1_o the_o second_o place_n in_o jeremiah_n be_v chapter_n 30._o and_o chapter_n 31._o 38._o 31._o this_o 31_o chap._n have_v be_v allege_v before_o jeroms_n time_n for_o the_o glorious_a state_n of_o all_o thing_n in_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o which_o we_o speak_v omnes_fw-la hujusmodi_fw-la repromissiones_fw-la jux●a_fw-la judae●s_fw-la &_o nostros_fw-la judaizantes_fw-la in_fw-la mille_fw-la annorum_fw-la regno_fw-la putanism_n esse_fw-la complendae_fw-la etc._n etc._n hie●_n on_o jer._n 31._o v._n 27._o &_o v._o 38._o both_o be_v one_o continue_v discourse_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o thing_n as_o the_o connexion_n in_o verse_n 1._o of_o chapter_n 31._o plain_o show_n in_o which_o be_v many_o thing_n which_o of_o themselves_o upon_o bare_a read_n of_o they_o without_o all_o gloss_n show_v themselves_o never_o to_o have_v be_v fulfil_v to_o this_o day_n since_o the_o time_n of_o that_o prophecy_n for_o example_n mark_v the_o word_n well_o §_o 2_o that_o in_o chapter_n 30._o be_v never_o yet_o fulfil_v viz._n verse_n 3_o lo_o the_o day_n come_v say_v the_o lord_n that_o i_o will_v bring_v again_o the_o captivity_n of_o my_o people_n israel_n and_o judah_n name_v distinct_o both_o kingdom_n contain_v all_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n and_o cause_v they_o to_o return_v to_o their_o own_o land_n nor_o be_v that_o ever_o yet_o fulfil_v in_o verse_n 8._o in_o that_o day_n say_v the_o lord_n of_o host_n i_o will_v break_v his_o yoke_n from_o off_o thy_o neck_n and_o will_v burst_v thy_o bond_n and_o stranger_n shall_v no_o more_o serve_v themselves_o of_o he_o but_o they_o shall_v serve_v the_o lord_n their_o god_n and_o david_n their_o king_n king_n king_n the_o chaldee_n be_v very_o remarkable_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o be_v they_o shall_v obey_v the_o messiah_n or_o christ_n the_o son_n of_o david_n their_o king_n who_o i_o will_v raise_v up_o unto_o they_o nor_o be_v that_o ever_o fulfil_v in_o verse_n 10._o fear_v thou_o not_o o_o my_o servant_n jacob_n say_v the_o lord_n nor_o be_v dismay_v o_o israel_n for_o lo_o i_o will_v save_v thou_o from_o a_o far_o and_o thy_o seed_n from_o the_o land_n of_o their_o captivity_n and_o jacob_n shall_v return_v and_o shall_v be_v in_o rest_n and_o quiet_a and_o none_o shall_v make_v he_o afraid_a repeat_v again_o jer._n 46._o v._n 27._o so_o many_o thing_n in_o the_o 31._o chapter_n be_v never_o yet_o fulfil_v as_o all_o that_o from_o v._o 1._o to_o 15._o concern_v their_o corporal_a restitution_n into_o their_o own_o country_n and_o their_o visible_a peace_n and_o glory_n there_o nor_o can_v these_o thing_n of_o both_o chapter_n be_v refer_v to_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n as_o the_o nature_n of_o the_o thing_n speak_v loud_o enough_o and_o therefore_o they_o be_v yet_o to_o be_v fulfil_v afore_o that_o time_n sect_n xxix_o §_o 1_o the_o three_o place_n in_o jeremiah_n be_v in_o chapter_n 32._o verse_n 37._o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n verse_n 37._o behold_v i_o will_v gather_v they_o out_o of_o all_z country_n whither_o i_o have_v drive_v they_o in_o my_o anger_n etc._n etc._n and_o i_o will_v bring_v they_o again_o into_o this_o place_n and_o i_o will_v cause_v they_o to_o dwell_v safe_o verse_n 38._o and_o they_o shall_v be_v my_o people_n and_o i_o will_v be_v their_o god_n verse_n 39_o and_o i_o will_v give_v they_o one_o heart_n and_o one_o way_n that_o they_o may_v fear_v i_o for_o ever_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 40._o and_o i_o will_v make_v a_o everlasting_a covenant_n with_o they_o that_o i_o will_v not_o turn_v away_o from_z they_o to_o do_v they_o good_a etc._n etc._n verse_n 41._o yea_o i_o will_v rejoice_v over_o they_o to_o do_v they_o good_a and_o will_v plant_v they_o in_o this_o land_n assure_o with_o my_o whole_a heart_n and_o with_o my_o whole_a soul_n verse_n 42._o for_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n like_a as_o i_o have_v bring_v all_o this_o great_a evil_n upon_o this_o people_n so_o will_v i_o bring_v upon_o they_o all_o the_o good_a that_o i_o have_v promise_v they_o etc._n etc._n §_o 2_o now_o these_o thing_n thus_o speak_v be_v never_o yet_o fulfil_v since_o the_o captivity_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n carry_v away_o afore_o this_o prophecy_n or_o of_o the_o two_o tribe_n carry_v away_o after_o this_o prophecy_n they_o have_v not_o be_v gather_v from_o all_o country_n into_o their_o own_o land_n they_o have_v not_o dwell_v there_o safe_o they_o have_v not_o have_v one_o way_n etc._n etc._n but_o since_o the_o return_n but_o of_o two_o tribe_n the_o ten_o never_o yet_o return_v antiochus_n of_o syria_n and_o the_o grecian_n and_o roman_n and_o turk_n have_v by_o a_o continual_a succession_n molest_v they_o and_o the_o generality_n of_o all_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n be_v scatter_v in_o all_o country_n to_o this_o day_n the_o fulfil_n of_o

of_o judgement_n as_o be_v full_o discuss_v elsewhere_o in_o this_o volume_n but_o do_v clear_o comport_v with_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o business_n of_o the_o great_a restauration_n at_o the_o general_n call_v of_o the_o jew_n see_v in_o this_o three_o book_n chap._n 2._o sect._n 37._o §_o 20._o ¶_o 5._o etc._n etc._n so_o likewise_o the_o apostle_n paul_n apply_v the_o phrase_n and_o thing_n of_o this_o 37_o of_o ezekiel_n to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o general_n call_v of_o the_o jew_n rom._n 11.15_o if_o the_o cast_v away_o of_o the_o jew_n be_v the_o reconcile_n of_o the_o world_n what_o shall_v be_v the_o receive_n of_o the_o jew_n but_o life_n from_z the_o dead_a so_o likewise_o st._n john_n in_o revelation_n chap._n 11.11_o to_o 14_o show_n plain_o that_o the_o witness_n must_v first_o rise_v and_o then_o there_o be_v a_o great_a earthquake_n and_o then_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n of_o the_o whore_n of_o babylon_n fall_v and_o thousand_o be_v slay_v which_o thing_n can_v have_v no_o fellowship_n with_o the_o ultimate_a day_n of_o judgement_n especial_o if_o we_o mark_v that_o the_o earthquake_n the_o fall_n of_o the_o city_n and_o the_o slaughter_n be_v mention_v afore_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n now_o within_o the_o last_o of_o the_o space_n of_o which_o seven_o trumpet_n fall_v the_o ultimate_a judgement_n and_o therefore_o these_o thing_n belong_v to_o the_o great_a restauration_n at_o the_o ruin_n of_o antichrist_n and_o the_o call_v of_o the_o jew_n and_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o glorious_a church_n of_o jew_n and_o gentile_n for_o present_o after_o ver_fw-la 14_o 15._o the_o seven_o trumpet_n sound_v and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ_n thus_o of_o the_o place_n in_o ezekiel_n sect_n xxxv_o next_o we_o come_v to_o daniel_n the_o first_o place_n in_o this_o prophet_n be_v in_o the_o second_o chapter_n from_o ver_fw-la 31._o to_o ver_fw-la 36._o §_o 1_o now_o mr._n mede_n late_o print_v diatribae_fw-la pars_fw-la 4._o and_o his_o opuscula_fw-la and_o my_o pen_n be_v meet_v i_o shall_v give_v he_o the_o way_n and_o precedency_n as_o glad_a of_o such_o a_o strongly-learned_n captain_n to_o lead_v i_o up_o in_o the_o skirmish_n for_o the_o truth_n now_o in_o hand_n against_o the_o many_o opposer_n thereof_o and_o the_o rather_o because_o perhaps_o such_o be_v the_o partiall-personalities_a that_o act_n some_o man_n brain_n the_o same_o truth_n will_v be_v better_o accept_v from_o his_o mouth_n then_o from_o i_o quo_fw-la demum_fw-la say_v he_o 2._o he_o opuscul_fw-la par_fw-fr 2._o p._n 20._o arg._n 2._o absoluto_fw-la etc._n etc._n i._n e._n the_o four_o kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n according_a to_o daniel_n be_v that_o upon_o the_o dissolution_n and_o abolition_n whereof_o follow_v the_o consummation_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n note_n kingdom_n by_o christ_n kingdom_n which_o mr._n mede_n do●h_v ●o_o often_o mention_n in_o these_o ●is_fw-la discourse_n here_o quote_v in_o this_o §._o 1._o he_o ●eans_v as_o he_o expound_v it_o in_o other_o place_n of_o his_o work_n christ_n church_n as_o christian_a or_o the_o christian_a church_n of_o christ_n see_v before_o in_o this_o three_o book_n chap._n 2._o sect._n 12_o s._n in_o the_o large_a marginal_a note_n but_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n be_v once_o extinct_a and_o abolish_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n shall_v be_v consummate_v therefore_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n be_v the_o four_o the_o major_a or_o first_o proposition_n be_v most_o evident_a from_o either_o pprophecy_n of_o daniel_n as_o concern_v nebuchadnezar_n dream_v thou_o see_v say_v he_o chap._n 2._o v._n 34_o 35._o until_o a_o stone_n be_v cut_v out_o without_o hand_n and_o it_o smoate_v the_o image_n upon_o its_o foot_n of_o iron_n and_o clay_n so_o that_o it_o break_v they_o to_o piece_n so_o the_o wind_n carry_v they_o away_o and_o no_o place_n be_v find_v for_o they_o but_o the_o stone_n that_o smite_v the_o image_n become_v a_o great_a mountain_n so_o that_o it_o fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n that_o be_v daniel_n himself_o be_v the_o interpreter_n in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n the_o god_n of_o heaven_n will_v raise_v up_o a_o kingdom_n this_o be_v that_o stone_n cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n which_o shall_v not_o for_o ever_o be_v destroy_v and_o which_o shall_v not_o be_v leave_v to_o another_o people_n as_o it_o befall_v the_o former_a monarchy_n but_o it_o shall_v crumb_n and_o consume_v all_o those_o kingdom_n but_o itself_o shall_v stand_v for_o ever_o that_o be_v the_o stone_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n have_v now_o for_o many_o age_n past_a be_v cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n of_o this_o world_n at_o length_n when_o the_o time_n decree_v of_o god_n shall_v come_v the_o last_o part_n of_o this_o image_n be_v cast_v out_o and_o utter_o abolish_v though_o hitherto_o it_o have_v be_v but_o a_o stone_n and_o indeed_o of_o offence_n or_o stumble_v shall_v then_o grow_v into_o a_o huge_a mountain_n and_o shall_v fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n for_o the_o minor_a or_o second_v proposition_n that_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n be_v once_o extinct_a and_o abolish_v the_o kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n of_o christ_n shall_v be_v consummate_v it_o be_v easy_o prove_v out_o of_o the_o new_a testament_n for_o by_o or_o from_o the_o abolition_n of_o antichrist_n shall_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v consummate_v 2_o thes_n 2.8_o and_o that_o wicked_a one_o shall_v be_v reveal_v who_o the_o lord_n will_v consume_v with_o the_o spirit_n of_o his_o mouth_n and_o shall_v abolish_v with_o the_o splendour_n or_o brightness_n of_o his_o come_n or_o as_o the_o syriack_n shall_v kill_v he_o with_o the_o revelation_n or_o manifestation_n of_o his_o come_n so_o also_o it_o be_v apparent_a out_o of_o the_o apocalypse_v that_o antichrist_n shall_v remain_v till_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o that_o be_v the_o last_o trumpet_n which_o once_o sound_v there_o be_v great_a voice_n in_o heaven_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n be_v become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n jesus_n christ_n who_o shall_v reign_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o rev._n 11.15_o the_o very_a same_o thing_n which_o the_o angel_n a_o little_a afore_o rev._n 10.6_o foretell_v that_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n sound_v the_o mystery_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v finish_v as_o he_o have_v declare_v to_o his_o servant_n the_o prophet_n but_o antichrist_n be_v to_o rise_v out_o of_o the_o roman_a empire_n 2_o thes_n 2.7_o and_o revel_v 16._o john_n affirm_v antichrist_n to_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven-headed_a beast_n the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n be_v say_v mr._n mede_n 361.393_o mede_n diatr_n par_fw-fr 4._o p._n 361.393_o twice_o reveal_v first_o to_o nabuchadnezzar_n in_o a_o glorious_a image_n of_o four_o metal_n 2_o to_o daniel_n himself_o in_o a_o vision_n of_o four_o divers_a beast_n arise_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n the_o intent_n of_o both_o be_v by_o that_o succession_n of_o kingdom_n to_o point_v out_o the_o time_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n which_o no_o other_o kingdom_n shall_v succeed_v or_o destroy_v nebuchadnezar_n image_n of_o monarchy_n dan._n 2._o point_n out_o two_o state_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n the_o first_o to_o be_v while_o the_o time_n of_o those_o kingdom_n of_o the_o gentile_n yet_o last_v typify_v by_o a_o stonf_n cut_v out_o of_o a_o mountain_n without_o hand_n the_o monarchical_a statue_n yet_o stand_v upon_o his_o foot_n the_o second_o not_o to_o be_v until_o the_o utter_a destruction_n and_o dissipation_n of_o the_o image_n when_o the_o stone_n have_v smite_v it_o upon_o the_o foot_n shall_v grow_v into_o a_o great_a mountain_n which_o shall_v fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n the_o first_o may_v be_v call_v for_o distinction_n sake_n regnum_fw-la lapidis_fw-la the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n which_o be_v the_o slate_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n which_o hitherto_o have_v be_v the_o other_o regnum_fw-la montis_fw-la the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o mountain_n that_o be_v of_o the_o stone_n grow_v into_o a_o mountain_n etc._n etc._n which_o be_v the_o state_n of_o his_o kingdom_n which_o hereafter_o shall_v be_v the_o intervallum_n between_o these_o two_o from_o the_o time_n the_o stone_n be_v first_o hew_v out_o that_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v first_o advance_v until_o the_o time_n it_o become_v a_o mountain_n that_o be_v when_o the_o mystery_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v finish_v be_v the_o subject_n of_o the_o apocalypticall_a vision_n note_v here_o that_o the_o stone_n be_v expound_v by_o daniel_n to_o be_v that_o last_a kingdom_n which_o the_o god_n of_o heaven_n shall_v set_v up_o second_o that_o the_o stone_n be_v hew_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n before_o it_o smite_v the_o image_n upon_o the_o

foot_n and_o consequent_o before_o the_o image_n be_v dissipate_v and_o therefore_o that_o the_o kingdom_n typify_v by_o the_o stone_n while_o it_o remain_v a_o stone_n must_v needs_o be_v within_o the_o time_n of_o those_o monarchy_n that_o be_v before_o the_o last_o of_o they_o viz._n the_o roman_a shall_v expire_v wherefore_o daniel_n interpret_v vers_fw-la 44._o of_o this_o second_o chapter_n that_o in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o kingdom_n not_o after_o they_o but_o while_o some_o of_o they_o be_v in_o be_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n shall_v set_v up_o a_o kingdom_n which_o shall_v never_o be_v destroy_v nor_o leave_v as_o the_o other_o be_v to_o another_o people_n but_o shall_v break_v in_o piece_n and_o consume_v add_v those_o kingdom_n and_o itself_o shall_v stand_v for_o ever_o and_o all_o this_o he_o speak_v as_o the_o interpretation_n of_o the_o stone_n for_o as_o much_o say_v he_o as_o thou_o see_v that_o a_o stone_n be_v cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n without_o hand_n and_o that_o it_o break_v in_o piece_n the_o iron_n the_o brass_n the_o clay_n the_o silver_n and_o the_o gold_n here_o make_v the_o full_a point_n for_o these_o word_n belong_v not_o to_o that_o which_o follow_v as_o our_o bibles_n misse-distinguishing_a seem_v to_o refer_v they_o but_o to_o that_o which_o go_v afore_o of_o their_o interpretation_n but_o the_o stone_n become_v a_o mountain_n he_o expound_v not_o but_o leave_v to_o be_v gather_v by_o what_o he_o have_v already_o expound_v so_o then_o in_o the_o day_n of_o those_o kingdom_n of_o the_o gentile_n signify_v during_o they_o and_o in_o the_o latter_a part_n of_o they_o as_o the_o nature_n of_o the_o thing_n speak_v of_o sufficient_o argue_v which_o be_v to_o destroy_v the_o last_o kingdom_n which_o have_v destroy_v and_o swallow_v the_o former_a three_o i_o mean_v the_o second_o swallow_v or_o possess_v the_o first_o the_o three_o the_o second_o the_o four_o the_o three_o and_o so_o in_o a_o sense_n by_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o four_o the_o stone_n destroy_v all_o the_o rest_n as_o contain_v therein_o for_o the_o stone_n smite_v neither_o the_o golden_a part_n nor_o the_o silver_n nor_o the_o brass_n immediate_o but_o only_o the_o foot_n of_o iron_n and_o clay_n and_o yet_o by_o that_o blow_n be_v the_o brass_n the_o silver_n and_o the_o gold_n destroy_v also_o in_o as_o much_o as_o they_o all_o come_v by_o succession_n to_o the_o iron_n i_o add_v that_o the_o dissipation_n of_o the_o gold_n silver_z and_o brass_n together_o with_o the_o iron_n may_v be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d typi_fw-la the_o comeliness_n or_o conveniency_n of_o the_o type_n because_o the_o part_n of_o the_o image_n in_o the_o type_n can_v not_o succeed_v one_o another_o in_o time_n as_o the_o kingdom_n signify_v by_o they_o do_v and_o so_o the_o image_n appear_v to_o be_v dissipate_v all_o at_o once_o in_o vision_n though_o the_o kingdom_n be_v not_o so_o save_v only_o in_o the_o sense_n afore-named_n thus_o mr._n mede_n to_o who_o i_o assent_v almost_o in_o all_o thing_n i_o have_v other_o good_a company_n to_o go_v along_o with_o i_o in_o this_o point_n upon_o this_o chapter_n but_o i_o must_v first_o premise_v some_o thing_n to_o make_v way_n for_o they_o you_o have_v in_o this_o second_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n from_o ver_fw-la 36._o to_o ver_fw-la 46._o the_o pprophecy_n of_o this_o visibly-glorious_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n to_o be_v on_o earth_n give_v by_o god_n to_o nabuchadnezzar_n in_o a_o dream_n of_o a_o great_a image_n ver_fw-la 31._o etc._n etc._n of_o four_o metal_n in_o the_o four_o part_n thereof_o the_o head_n be_v of_o gold_n the_o breast_n and_o arm_n of_o silver_n the_o belly_n and_o thigh_n of_o brass_n the_o leg_n and_o foot_n of_o iron_n but_o in_o the_o foot_n a_o mixture_n of_o clay_n and_o to_o daniel_n by_o the_o spirit_n of_o prophetical_a revelation_n to_o interpret_v it_o according_a to_o the_o true_a intent_n and_o meaning_n of_o god_n mind_n therein_o according_a to_o which_o in_o ver_fw-la 37_o 38._o daniel_n tell_v nebuchadnezzer_n that_o he_o the_o say_v nabuchadnezzar_n be_v the_o first_o part_n of_o the_o first_o metal_n viz._n the_o head_n of_o gold_n in_o that_o the_o god_n of_o heaven_n have_v give_v he_o a_o kingdom_n or_o empire_n viz._n the_o assyrio-chaldean_a and_o power_n and_o strength_n and_o glory_n why_o further_o he_o be_v call_v a_o golden_a head_n we_o shall_v annex_v more_o convenient_o by_o and_o by_o in_o ver_fw-la 39_o daniel_n tell_v he_o that_o after_o he_o shall_v arise_v a_o inferior_a kingdom_n which_o he_o apply_v to_o the_o breast_n and_o arm_n of_o silver_n mention_v afore_o in_o verse_n 32._o which_o fit_o resemble_v the_o empire_n that_o next_o follow_v viz._n the_o medo_n persian_n which_o take_v the_o say_v golden_a head_n when_o darius_n dan._n 5._o take_v babylon_n add_v to_o it_o this_o breast_n of_o empire_n with_o the_o two_o arm_n of_o mede_n and_o persian_n and_o therefore_o this_o silver_n empie_n be_v call_v inferior_a not_o in_o respect_n of_o power_n authority_n or_o territory_n wherein_o it_o be_v great_a by_o take_v to_o itself_o that_o of_o the_o former_a and_o add_v its_o own_o but_o in_o manner_n of_o government_n as_o in_o relation_n to_o the_o church_n be_v far_o more_o harsh_a to_o the_o jew_n till_o the_o last_o than_o the_o former_a the_o jew_n enjoy_v golden_a day_n in_o comparison_n under_o nebuchadnezar_n empire_n although_o he_o be_v the_o first_o that_o take_v the_o kingdom_n from_o the_o jew_n which_o be_v the_o reason_n why_o the_o sacred_a story_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n foreign_a state_n begin_v at_o nabuchadnezzar_n call_v he_o the_o head_n when_o as_o the_o empire_n of_o assyria_n and_o chaldea_n be_v long_o afore_o he_o in_o be_v viz._n the_o scripture_n take_v no_o notice_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o heathen_n or_o of_o the_o world_n further_o than_o as_o they_o concern_v the_o woe_n or_o weal_n of_o the_o church_n this_o nabuchadnezzar_n therefore_o begin_v the_o desolation_n of_o the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n as_o to_o their_o temple-worship_n and_o habitation_n in_o the_o enjoyment_n of_o these_o in_o their_o own_o land_n be_v call_v the_o head_n of_o that_o monstrous_a image_n of_o monarchy_n in_o the_o same_o 39_o verse_n daniel_n tell_v he_o that_o after_o that_o second_o empire_n of_o silver_n shall_v arise_v a_o three_o of_o brass_n which_o metal_n though_o otherwise_o not_o express_v intimate_v by_o the_o order_n and_o proportion_n of_o descension_n and_o degeneration_n in_o call_v the_o silver_n one_o inferior_a to_o the_o golden_a that_o this_o three_o brazen_a one_o shall_v be_v as_o much_o base_a and_o worse_o if_o not_o more_o in_o the_o sense_n aforesaid_a than_o the_o second_o of_o silver_n as_o the_o silver_n be_v worse_a than_o the_o gold_n and_o this_o be_v to_o signify_v the_o grecian_a empire_n or_o monarchy_n alexander_n the_o great_a be_v the_o belly_n that_o possess_v it_o in_o whole_a and_o his_o two_o commander_n succeed_v he_o be_v the_o two_o thigh_n or_o hip_n for_o though_o four_o at_o first_o share_v it_o yet_o all_o by_o their_o disagree_v and_o strive_v soon_o fall_v into_o the_o hand_n of_o those_o two_o whereof_o one_o have_v the_o northern_a moiety_n or_o half_a call_v therefore_o the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n the_o other_o the_o southern_a call_v thereupon_o the_o king_n of_o the_o south_n as_o you_o have_v the_o matter_n at_o large_a by_o way_n of_o pprophecy_n dan_o 11._o to_o which_o the_o best_a history_n since_o do_v exact_o answer_v but_o of_o this_o more_o after_o when_o we_o come_v to_o the_o eleven_o of_o daniel_n in_o ver_fw-la 40_o 41_o 42.43_o daniel_n tell_v nabuchadnezzar_n that_o the_o four_o kingdom_n empire_n or_o monarchy_n shall_v be_v of_o iron_n and_o clay_n thereby_o signify_v a_o base_a state_n than_o the_o former_a in_o the_o sense_n afore-explained_n and_o this_o must_v of_o necessity_n signify_v the_o roman_a empire_n which_o next_o follow_v the_o grecian_a conquer_a it_o as_o dan._n 9_o prophecy_n and_o history_n since_o singular_o show_v the_o performance_n in_o the_o day_n of_o this_o iron_n empire_n christ_n come_v ver_fw-la 44._o imperante_fw-la augusto_fw-la natus_fw-la est_fw-la christus_fw-la imperante_fw-la tiberio_fw-la crucifixus_fw-la be_v know_v to_o every_o schoolboy_n that_o have_v learn_v his_o grammar_n he_o come_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n not_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o grecian_a or_o any_o of_o the_o former_a and_o this_o roman_a empire_n be_v describe_v by_o and_o call_v iron_n because_o it_o be_v hard_a and_o hardy_a to_o break_v the_o former_a and_o more_o cruel_a as_o we_o afore_o intimate_v to_o the_o church_n witness_v the_o vespasian-titan_n cruelty_n prophesy_v by_o christ_n matth._n 24.1_o etc._n etc._n to_o come_v to_o

¶_o 3._o such_o a_o kingdom_n be_v here_o intend_a as_o be_v to_o be_v continue_v to_o the_o jew_n without_o alteration_n so_o the_o text_n it_o shall_v not_o be_v give_v to_o another_o people_n from_o daniel_n people_n but_o when_o christ_n first_o come_v and_o bring_v his_o spiritual_a kingdom_n while_o to_o be_v mere_o spiritual_a he_o first_o preach_v the_o gospel_n to_o the_o lose_a sheep_n of_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n from_o who_o notwithstanding_o the_o gospel_n be_v take_v away_o and_o give_v to_o the_o gentile_n the_o which_o argument_n be_v yet_o more_o plain_o lay_v down_o in_o dan._n 7._o ver_fw-la 18._o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a shall_v take_v the_o kingdom_n from_o the_o beast_n and_o possess_v it_o for_o ever_o and_o ever_o to_o which_o some_o answer_n the_o word_n be_v to_o be_v understand_v of_o a_o strange_a people_n whereunto_o i_o reply_v the_o sense_n be_v the_o same_o another_o people_n or_o a_o strange_a people_n be_v indifferent_o the_o same_o since_o all_o be_v esteem_v stranger_n to_o the_o jew_n which_o be_v not_o jew_n other_o object_n it_o shall_v not_o be_v give_v to_o another_o people_n because_o christ_n will_v exercise_v his_o spiritual_a lordship_n himself_o to_o which_o sense_n i_o will_v subscribe_v if_o any_o show_v i_o who_o do_v exercise_v this_o spiritual_a lordship_n before_o the_o come_n of_o messiah_n for_o so_o much_o the_o word_n sound_v that_o whereas_o you_o have_v be_v hold_v under_o the_o tyrant_n of_o this_o world_n thus_o long_o upon_o the_o recovery_n of_o your_o kingdom_n it_o shall_v never_o be_v resign_v to_o any_o as_o it_o have_v be_v now_o nothing_o make_v more_o against_o they_o then_o this_o for_o it_o our_o lord_n do_v assume_v such_o a_o kingdom_n as_o be_v former_o resign_v to_o other_o it_o can_v be_v mean_v of_o spiritual_a regiment_n ¶_o 4._o such_o a_o kingdom_n be_v here_o mean_v as_o must_v answer_v to_o daniel_n scope_n in_o his_o answer_n to_o the_o king_n dream_n but_o if_o this_o kingdom_n be_v mean_v spiritual_o only_a than_o daniel_n have_v miss_v the_o scope_n much_o for_o nabuchadnezzar_n have_v his_o thought_n busy_v about_o the_o issue_n of_o his_o monarchy_n according_a to_o which_o thought_n the_o dream_n be_v direct_v &_o daniel_n interpret_n it_o undertake_v to_o resolve_v he_o full_o for_o in_o a_o word_n daniel_n intend_v two_o main_a point_n 1._o to_o comfort_v the_o jew_n in_o the_o loss_n of_o their_o kingdom_n &_o liberty_n show_v that_o after_o many_o change_v it_o shall_v be_v restore_v to_o they_o again_o 2._o to_o convince_v the_o king_n of_o his_o tyranny_n over_o they_o by_o which_o his_o three_o heir_n shall_v be_v nothing_o the_o warm_a another_o shall_v take_v it_o from_o he_o a_o three_o from_o he_o and_o a_o four_o from_o he_o which_o at_o length_n maugre_o all_o their_o despite_n shall_v be_v return_v to_o the_o jew_n in_o great_a glory_n then_o ever_o they_o lose_v it_o now_o whether_o the_o spiritual_a kingdom_n of_o christ●oth_n ●oth_z answer_v this_o scope_n or_o no_o i_o leave_v to_o the_o judgement_n of_o the_o godly_a wise_a thus_o mr._n huet_n to_o who_o in_o the_o general_a and_o main_a i_o full_o consent_n §_o 5_o next_o let_v we_o hear_v mr._n parker_n on_o this_o second_o of_o daniel_n the_o main_a controversy_n say_v he_o in_o this_o vision_n be_v about_o the_o iron_n foot_n and_o leg_n and_o the_o stone_n that_o smite_v they_o the_o opinion_n of_o some_o be_v that_o the_o leg_n and_o toe_n of_o iron_n signify_v the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n in_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n and_o especial_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o that_o the_o stone_n cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n signify_v christ_n at_o his_o first_o come_n and_o his_o spiritual_a kingdom_n but_o this_o can_v stand_v ¶_o 1._o because_o every_o metal_n signify_v a_o distinct_a kingdom_n and_o the_o fullness_n and_o compliment_n thereof_o from_o the_o begin_n to_o the_o perfect_a end_n and_o therefore_o as_o the_o brazen_a belly_n and_o thigh_n be_v the_o whole_a and_o perfect_a grecian_a kingdom_n so_o according_o the_o leg_n and_o foot_n of_o iron_n do_v signify_v another_o kingdom_n distinguish_v from_o the_o grecian_a which_o can_v be_v the_o seleucidae_n and_o other_o successor_n in_o the_o same_o kingdom_n for_o as_o the_o golden_a head_n signify_v the_o whole_a babylonian_a kingdom_n and_o the_o silver_n breast_n and_o arm_n the_o persian_a so_o the_o brazen_a belly_n and_o thigh_n the_o whole_a grecian_a include_v the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o other_o successor_n for_o these_o make_v up_o the_o integrity_n ●nd_v fullness_n of_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n or_o kingdom_n as_o much_o as_o the_o successor_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n make_v up_o the_o integrity_n of_o the_o babylonian_a or_o as_o much_o as_o the_o successor_n of_o cyrus_n do_v concur_v to_o the_o perfect_a constitution_n of_o the_o persian_a and_o so_o when_o the_o greek_a kingdom_n be_v propose_v dan._n chap._n 8._o ver_fw-la 21_o 22._o it_o be_v express_o describe_v as_o constitute_v not_o only_o of_o alexander_n the_o great_a but_o also_o of_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o other_o the_o successor_n in_o the_o same_o kingdom_n ¶_o 2._o this_o vision_n must_v reach_v to_o the_o last_o day_n chap._n 2.28_o which_o can_v not_o be_v if_o the_o leg_n and_o foot_n the_o extreme_a and_o utmost_a part_n of_o the_o image_n shall_v end_v in_o the_o seleucidae_n for_o as_o much_o as_o this_o kingdom_n expire_v before_o the_o birth_n of_o christ_n ¶_o 3._o because_o the_o leg_n be_v say_v to_o be_v of_o iron_n in_o comparison_n of_o the_o part_n and_o kingdom_n go_v before_o which_o be_v of_o weak_a metal_n whereas_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o other_o successor_n of_o alexander_n have_v not_o the_o strength_n of_o alexander_n c._n 8.21.22_o thou_o wilt-say_a the_o kingdom_n be_v represent_v by_o iron_n only_o in_o relation_n to_o the_o church_n whereunto_o it_o be_v more_o terrible_a than_o the_o former_a i_o reply_v 1_o as_o the_o two_o first_o kingdom_n be_v represent_v by_o unequal_a metal_n the_o first_o of_o gold_n the_o second_o of_o silver_n to_o note_v a_o absolute_a inferiority_n of_o the_o one_o unto_o the_o other_o chap._n 2.39_o so_o by_o proportion_n the_o two_o follow_v of_o brass_n and_o iron_n to_o note_v a_o absolute_a imparity_n in_o strength_n between_o the_o latter_a and_o the_o former_a wherefore_o the_o iron_n kingdom_n must_v be_v absolute_o and_o in_o itself_o strong_a than_o the_o brazen_a and_o not_o only_a in_o respect_n of_o particular_a exercise_n and_o employment_n of_o its_o strength_n against_o the_o people_n of_o the_o church_n 2._o the_o iron_n kingdom_n be_v express_o say_v to_o be_v as_o iron_n because_o it_o bruise_v all_o these_o that_o be_v the_o former_a kingdom_n and_o not_o only_o because_o more_o terrible_a to_o the_o jew_n ver_fw-la 40._o 3._o because_o it_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o four_o beast_n with_o the_o iron_n tooth_n chap._n 7._o v._n 7._o which_o be_v therefore_o so_o represent_v because_o it_o devour_v the_o whole_a earth_n and_o not_o the_o jew_n only_o 4._o because_o nabuchadnezzar_n and_o haman_n in_o the_o former_a kingdom_n be_v more_o formidable_a to_o the_o jew_n than_o the_o seleuc●dae_n and_o therefore_o there_o be_v no_o reason_n that_o in_o this_o respect_n only_o the_o four_o shall_v be_v represent_v by_o iron_n in_o comparison_n of_o the_o former_a kingdom_n as_o strong_a and_o more_o terrible_a than_o those_o ¶_o 4._o in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o king_n shall_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n set_v up_o the_o kingdom_n of_o his_o son_n whereas_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o whole_a greek_a empire_n be_v utter_o dissolve_v before_o the_o birth_n of_o christ_n v._o 44._o §_o 6_o neither_o can_v the_o stone_n that_o smite_v the_o image_n be_v christ_n at_o his_o first_o come_v and_o his_o kingdom_n immediate_o follow_v etc._n etc._n for_o the_o reason_n follow_v ¶_o 1._o because_o the_o kingdom_n signify_v by_o the_o stone_n must_v break_v in_o piece_n all_o the_o other_o kingdom_n but_o this_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n ☞_o ☞_o that_o be_v and_o be_v between_o his_o first_o and_o second_o come_v be_v not_o appoint_v for_o the_o break_n down_o of_o all_o earthly_a kingdom_n this_o be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o gentile_n luk_n 21.24_o and_o for_o the_o adversary_n to_o reign_v and_o for_o the_o church_n to_o be_v trample_v under_o foot_n rev._n 11.2_o ¶_o 2._o again_o the_o kingdom_n here_o speak_v of_o do_v break_v in_o piece_n all_o other_o kingdom_n so_o that_o those_o be_v utter_o extinct_a this_o alone_a do_v stand_v in_o place_n of_o they_o for_o 44._o now_o this_o state_n be_v not_o to_o be_v expect_v under_o the_o kingdom_n of_o patience_n or_o before_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n who_o fall_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o earth_n

shall_v become_v the_o lord_n and_o his_o christ_n rev._n 11.15.18_o ¶_o 3._o further_o what_o prerogative_n and_o advancement_n have_v it_o be_v for_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n spiritual_n to_o have_v break_v down_o ☞_o ☞_o the_o selcucidae_fw-la and_o other_o horn_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n as_o long_o as_o another_o kingdom_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o roman_n succeed_v in_o their_o place_n to_o beat_v down_o the_o church_n by_o the_o heathen_a emperor_n and_o antichrist_n for_o long_a space_n of_o time_n and_o with_o great_a and_o more_o terrible_a persecution_n then_o ever_o before_o §_o 7_o contrary_o i_o affirm_v that_o the_o leg_n foot_n and_o toe_n of_o the_o iron_n do_v signify_v the_o roman_a kingdom_n 1._o because_o it_o be_v represent_v by_o a_o distinct_a mettle_n come_v after_o the_o brazen_a belly_n and_o thigh_n which_o be_v the_o grecian_a for_o no_o other_o distinct_a monarchy_n come_v after_o the_o grecian_a but_o this_o as_o history_n do_v show_v 2._o because_o it_o be_v strong_a than_o all_o the_o rest_n and_o break_v they_o in_o piece_n dan._n 2.40_o 3._o the_o iron_n leg_n and_o foot_n be_v parallel_v with_o the_o iron_n tooth_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n which_o signify_v the_o roman_a kingdom_n dan._n 7.7_o 4._o the_o ten_o toe_n represent_v the_o ten_o king_n be_v according_o asleep_o character_n of_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n revel_v 12.3_o and_o 13.1_o and_o 17.12_o 5._o it_o be_v such_o a_o kingdom_n as_o must_v stand_v to_o be_v destroy_v by_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n in_o the_o end_n of_o time_n and_o therefore_o can_v be_v no_o other_o ☜_o ☜_o than_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n yet_o continue_v under_o antichrist_n §_o 8_o the_o stone_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n as_o it_o be_v interpret_v dan._n 2.44.45_o with_o chap._n 7.26_o 27._o ☜_o ☜_o and_o that_o be_v the_o kingdom_n to_o be_v set_v up_o at_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n as_o it_o appear_v by_o these_o reason_n 1._o because_o it_o shall_v be_v set_v up_o to_o destroy_v all_o adverse_a kingdom_n in_o the_o world_n which_o can_v be_v expect_v till_o about_o the_o time_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n ☜_o ☜_o 2._o it_o shall_v not_o rise_v till_o about_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n which_o be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n revel_v 11.15_o 16_o 17._o 3._o then_o and_o not_o before_o it_o shall_v fill_v all_o the_o earth_n ver_fw-la 34_o 35.44_o 45._o that_o be_v all_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v subject_a unto_o it_o chap._n 7.26_o 27._o compare_n rev._n 11.15_o thus_o mr._n parker_n to_o who_o in_o the_o main_a and_o general_a of_o his_o matter_n i_o assent_v §_o 9_o in_o the_o last_o place_n let_v we_o hear_v mr._n archer_n speak_v in_o his_o forecited_n book_n p._n 7._o &_o 8._o and_o then_o i_o shall_v take_v my_o turn_n the_o four_o monarchy_n say_v he_o be_v that_o of_o the_o roman_n which_o because_o it_o begin_v far_o low_a than_o the_o rest_n viz._n more_o westward_o and_o yet_o rise_v as_o high_a eastward_o as_o the_o high_a of_o the_o former_a therefore_o it_o become_v a_o mighty_a monarchy_n than_o all_o the_o three_o former_a this_o be_v express_v in_o this_o second_o of_o daniel_n by_o leg_n of_o iron_n because_o it_o be_v the_o strong_a of_o all_o and_o subdue_v all_o under_o it_o but_o in_o process_n of_o time_n the_o body_n of_o the_o world_n which_o it_o bear_v up_o be_v so_o great_a to_o which_o it_o be_v a_o leg_n it_o divide_v itself_o into_o two_o leg_n viz._n the_o eastern_a and_o western_a monarchy_n which_o yet_o though_o divide_v be_v as_o strong_a as_o iron_n and_o hold_v all_o nation_n under_o they_o but_o in_o process_n of_o time_n fall_v into_o foot_n and_o toe_n the_o eastern_a monarchy_n be_v swallow_v up_o by_o the_o turk_n the_o western_a fall_v into_o divers_a kingdom_n but_o among_o these_o subdivide_v kingdom_n be_v strength_n and_o weakness_n the_o foot_n be_v part_n of_o iron_n and_o part_n of_o clay_n and_o much_o mingle_n there_o shall_v be_v among_o they_o to_o rejoin_a the_o kingdom_n into_o one_o body_n some_o whereof_z be_v weak_a and_o some_o strong_a as_o iron_n and_o clay_n but_o never_o shall_v be_v as_o iron_n can_v be_v mix_v with_o clay_n the_o spaniard_n and_o austrian_n of_o spain_n and_o germany_n and_o other_o nation_n of_o europe_n some_o of_o which_o be_v strong_a and_o some_o weak_a have_v seek_v by_o marriage_n and_o other_o covenant_n to_o mingle_v and_o rejoin_a themselves_o into_o one_o monarchy_n but_o it_o shall_v never_o be_v as_o we_o can_v mingle_v iron_n and_o clay_n but_o in_o the_o period_n and_o upshot_n of_o their_o sovereignty_n and_o monarchy_n they_o shall_v remain_v distinct_a kingdom_n as_o foot_n and_o toe_n of_o iron_n and_o clay_n partly_o weak_a and_o partly_o strong_a §_o 10_o now_o in_o the_o day_n of_o this_o roman_a monarchy_n this_o four_o western_a monarchy_n there_o shall_v be_v a_o stone_n cut_v out_o without_o hand_n which_o shall_v ruin_v these_o kingdom_n smite_v the_o image_n on_o the_o foot_n of_o iron_n and_o clay_n and_o so_o swallow_v up_o the_o whole_a image_n all_o the_o foregoing_a monarchy_n be_v bring_v under_o it_o and_o by_o it_o to_o nothing_o and_o it_o become_v a_o monarchy_n over_o the_o whole_a earth_n where_o ever_o the_o former_a monarchy_n have_v rule_v ver_fw-la 35._o that_o be_v as_o it_o be_v explain_v for_o 44_o 45._o a_o kingdom_n which_o that_o stone_n shall_v obtain_v set_v up_o by_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o god_n of_o heaven_n whereas_o the_o other_o kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n be_v erect_v by_o man_n on_o earth_n though_o permit_v and_o order_v by_o god_n this_o kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n shall_v swallow_v up_o in_o it_o all_o foregoing_a monarchy_n and_o this_o be_v a_o five_o monarchy_n which_o shall_v arise_v in_o the_o world_n after_o the_o former_a four_o which_o be_v mean_v of_o a_o state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n as_o appear_v by_o several_a reason_n ¶_o 1._o mark_v it_o be_v call_v a_o stone_n as_o christ_n be_v the_o chief_a corner_n stone_n which_o the_o bvilder_n refuse_v 1_o pet._n 2._o v._n 3._o etc._n etc._n to_o 8._o ¶_o 2._o again_o it_o be_v a_o stone_n not_o in_o hand_n or_o cut_v out_o without_o hand_n because_o god_n shall_v rear_v up_o this_o kingdom_n as_o touch_v mr._n archer_n word_n of_o god_n rear_v up_o this_o kingdom_n without_o hand_n of_o humane_a help_n i_o can_v insert_v or_o assent_v to_o while_o i_o stick_v at_o that_o place_n in_o daniel_n chap._n 12._o ver_fw-la 1._o etc._n etc._n that_o when_o michael_n shall_v stand_v up_o to_o deliver_v his_o people_n mean_v the_o great_a and_o general_a deliverance_n of_o the_o jew_n from_o temporal_a and_o spiritual_a captivity_n there_o shall_v be_v a_o great_a time_n of_o trouble_n such_o as_o there_o never_o be_v since_o it_o be_v a_o nation_n even_o to_o that_o same_o time_n insomuch_o that_o many_o of_o the_o jew_n afore_o as_o it_o be_v a_o sleep_n in_o the_o dust_n or_o as_o dead_a man_n in_o their_o forlorn_a hopeless_a and_o helpless_a condition_n shall_v now_o at_o christ_n appearance_n awake_a and_o stand_v up_o for_o the_o cause_n of_o their_o deliverance_n yet_o some_o of_o they_o shall_v fall_v off_o to_o their_o everlasting_a shame_n according_a to_o which_o there_o be_v a_o double_a period_n of_o time_n relate_v to_o their_o deliverance_n mention_v in_o the_o eleven_o and_o twelve_o verse_n of_o that_o chapter_n as_o if_o it_o shall_v begin_v at_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o ninety_o year_n after_o the_o cease_n of_o the_o daily_a sacrifice_n but_o they_o only_o shall_v be_v bless_v that_o wait_n and_o come_v to_o the_o one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o and_o five_o year_n which_o be_v forty_o five_o year_n after_o but_o of_o the_o full_a meaning_n of_o this_o place_n to_o this_o sense_n and_o the_o demonstration_n thereof_o we_o shall_v hear_v after_o in_o our_o last_o place_n of_o daniel_n this_o i_o confess_v and_o i_o can_v free_o conceive_v that_o whereas_o the_o church_n of_o christ_n be_v that_o stone_n that_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n as_o mr._n mede_n mr._n huet_n and_o mr._n parker_n have_v afore_o well_o express_v or_o hint_v so_o christ_n call_n of_o the_o residue_n of_o the_o church_n into_o the_o state_n of_o grace_n at_o the_o great_a and_o last_o bring_v in_o of_o the_o jew_n shall_v be_v so_o immediate_o and_o sudden_o do_v by_o christ_n himself_o by_o his_o appear_v in_o the_o cloud_n and_o such_o like_a extraordinary_a way_n as_o in_o the_o birth_n of_o a_o nation_n at_o once_o as_o the_o prophet_n describe_v their_o call_n that_o there_o shall_v not_o be_v use_v for_o aught_o i_o know_v the_o ministry_n of_o man_n preach_v to_o that_o end_n ¶_o 3._o it_o be_v

and_o that_o in_o luk._n 19_o vers_fw-la 11._o etc._n etc._n to_o 15._o he_o speak_v a_o parable_n because_o he_o be_v nigh_o to_o jerusalem_n and_o because_o they_o think_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n shall_v immediate_o appear_v etc._n etc._n and_o that_o in_o luk._n 21._o ver_fw-la 31._o when_o you_o see_v these_o thing_n come_v to_o pass_v know_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v at_o hand_n see_v what_o go_v afore_o viz._n the_o son_n of_o man_n come_v in_o a_o cloud_n with_o power_n and_o great_a glory_n borrow_v from_o daniel_n and_o that_o in_o 2_o tim._n 4.1_o i_o charge_v thou_o before_o god_n and_o the_o lord_n jesus_n christ_n who_o shall_v judge_v the_o quick_a and_o dead_a at_o his_o appear_v and_o his_o kingdom_n must_v signify_v the_o same_o kingdom_n that_o daniel_n see_v shall_v be_v at_o the_o destruction_n of_o antichrist_n and_o consequent_o the_o kingdom_n of_o a_o thousand_o year_n which_o the_o apocalypse_v include_v between_o the_o beginning_n and_o the_o consummation_n of_o the_o great_a judgement_n by_o these_o we_o may_v understand_v the_o rest_n take_v this_o for_o a_o sure_a ground_n that_o this_o expression_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n come_v in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n so_o often_o inculcate_v in_o the_o new_a testament_n be_v take_v from_o and_o have_v reference_n to_o the_o pprophecy_n of_o daniel_n be_v no_o where_o else_o find_v in_o the_o old_a testament_n as_o our_o saviour_n also_o call_v himself_o so_o frequent_o the_o son_n of_o man_n because_o daniel_n so_o call_v he_o in_o that_o vision_n of_o the_o great_a judgement_n and_o that_o we_o may_v look_v for_o the_o accomplishment_n of_o what_o be_v there_o prophesy_v of_o in_o he_o it_o be_v not_o in_o vain_a that_o when_o our_o saviour_n quote_v the_o pprophecy_n of_o daniel_n he_o add_v he_o that_o read_v let_v he_o understand_v 15._o understand_v matth._n 24._o ver_fw-la 15._o certain_o the_o great_a mystery_n of_o christ_n be_v chief_o and_o most_o distinct_o reveal_v in_o that_o book_n §_o 1_o thus_o out_o of_o my_o great_a respect_n to_o mr._n mede_n learning_n have_v give_v he_o the_o precedency_n to_o speak_v first_o i_o shall_v limp_v after_o and_o stammer_v forth_o my_o own_o notion_n such_o as_o they_o be_v §_o 2_o in_o the_o second_o verse_n out_o of_o the_o strive_n of_o the_o bluster_a spirit_n of_o ##_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o four_o quarter_n of_o the_o world_n in_o a_o sea_n of_o war_n there_o arise_v a_o succession_n of_o four_o monarchy_n each_o in_o his_o turn_n rule_v the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o whole_a earth_n this_o order_n or_o series_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n begin_v with_o nimrod_n about_o the_o year_n of_o the_o world_n one_o thousand_o seven_o hundred_o and_o eighty_o eight_o and_o afore_o christ_n two_o thousand_o one_o hundred_o and_o eighty_o three_o and_o have_v continue_v to_o this_o day_n this_o succession_n order_n or_o series_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n the_o prophet_n according_a to_o his_o vision_n set_v forth_o in_o the_o three_o verse_n under_o the_o name_n and_o notion_n of_o four_o beast_n which_o he_o explain_v in_o the_o seventeen_o verse_n to_o signify_v four_o king_n or_o monarch_n that_o shall_v arise_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n that_o be_v by_o earthly_a mean_n domineer_v over_o the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n §_o 3_o the_o first_o beast_n ver_fw-la 4._o be_v like_o a_o lion_n that_o have_v eagle_n wing_n wherewith_o he_o be_v wont_a to_o lift_v up_o himself_o from_o the_o earth_n till_o they_o be_v pluck_v and_o then_o he_o be_v make_v to_o stand_v upon_o his_o foot_n as_o a_o man_n rest_v upon_o the_o earth_n and_o a_o man_n heart_n be_v give_v unto_o he_o by_o all_o which_o be_v mean_v the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n which_o be_v strong_a like_o a_o lion_n and_o have_v wing_n of_o celerity_n and_o victory_n become_v the_o assyrio-chaidean_a monarchy_n whereby_o it_o be_v lift_v up_o to_o a_o imperial_a eminency_n above_o the_o generality_n of_o all_o the_o earth_n obadiah_n ver_fw-la 4._o jer._n chap._n 4._o ver_fw-la 13._o those_o his_o wing_n be_v pluck_v by_o darius_n the_o mede_n and_o cyrus_n the_o persian_a and_o so_o make_v to_o stand_v as_o a_o man_n upon_o his_o foot_n that_o be_v be_v bring_v down_o to_o the_o common_a rank_n of_o man_n and_o have_v a_o man_n heart_n give_v unto_o he_o that_o be_v the_o spirit_n of_o a_o ordinary_a man_n a_o ordinary_a low_a boat_n peasant_n plebeian_a spirit_n not_o a_o heroic_a and_o imperial_a §_o 4_o the_o second_o beast_n vers_fw-la 5._o be_v like_o a_o bear_n that_o raise_v up_o itself_o on_o one_o side_n and_o have_v three_o rib_n in_o its_o mouth_n between_o its_o tooth_n and_o they_o say_v thus_o unto_o it_o arise_v and_o devour_v much_o flesh_n by_o all_o which_o be_v mean_v the_o persian_a monarchy_n which_o be_v ravenous_o cruel_a like_o a_o bear_n raise_v up_o one_o dominion_n endure_v no_o mate_n or_o corrival_n but_o subdue_v first_o the_o mede_n than_o the_o babylonian_n unite_n all_o into_o one_o monarchy_n between_o the_o tooth_n of_o his_o mouth_n of_o his_o desire_n and_o power_n demand_v and_o snatch_v more_o dominion_n he_o have_v the_o three_o rib_n of_o the_o eastern_a western_a and_o southern_a part_n of_o the_o world_n by_o conquest_n compare_n dan._n 8.4_o he_o arise_v and_o eat_v much_o flesh_n in_o his_o cruel_a slaughtering_n and_o spoiling_n in_o pursuance_n of_o his_o victory_n §_o 5_o the_o three_o beast_n ver_fw-la 6._o be_v like_o a_o leopard_n which_o have_v upon_o the_o back_n of_o it_o four_o wing_n of_o a_o foul_a and_o have_v also_o four_o head_n and_o dominion_n be_v give_v to_o it_o by_o which_o be_v signify_v the_o grecian_a monarchy_n which_o be_v like_o a_o leopard_n in_o subtlety_n celerity_n and_o rapacity_n jer._n 5.6_o hab._n 1.8_o dan._n 8.5_o the_o subtlety_n appear_v in_o the_o policy_n of_o philip_n the_o father_n and_o alexander_n the_o son_n in_o lay_v the_o plot_n for_o this_o monarchy_n sly_o occasion_v a_o quarrel_n to_o fall_v out_o with_o the_o neighbour_n nation_n and_o in_o the_o cunning_a of_o alexander_n in_o battle_n that_o will_v always_o fight_v his_o supernumerous_a enemy_n in_o strait_n where_o his_o say_a enemy_n may_v not_o have_v room_n to_o bring_v up_o more_o of_o his_o man_n in_o fight_n than_o alexander_n on_o his_o part_n can_v display_v in_o battle_n the_o swift_a celerity_n appear_v in_o that_o the_o grecian_n under_o the_o say_v alexander_n do_v so_o sudden_o within_o about_o twelve_o year_n overrun_v the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o world_n as_o if_o this_o conqueror_n have_v fly_v upon_o wing_n of_o who_o the_o proverb_n be_v he_o come_v he_o see_v he_o overcome_v and_o be_v therefore_o describe_v in_o dan._n 8._o by_o a_o hee-goate_n which_o skip_v as_o if_o he_o touch_v not_o the_o ground_n the_o rapacity_n or_o ravenousnesse_n to_o devour_v appear_v especial_o against_o the_o jew_n the_o four_o head_n of_o this_o leopard_n and_o their_o successor_n exercise_v matchless_a cruelty_n against_o they_o and_o every_o where_o as_o natural_o ravenous_a more_o tear_n and_o destroy_v then_o take_v prey_n for_o alexander_n and_o the_o empire_n under_o he_o be_v the_o body_n his_o four_o captain_n that_o immediate_o succeed_v he_o in_o the_o empire_n be_v the_o four_o head_n or_o ruler_n dan._n 8.8_o and_o 11.4_o cassander_n head_n of_o macedonia_n antigonus_n of_o asia_n seleucus_n of_o syria_n and_o ptolemy_n of_o egypt_n all_o possess_v imperial_a dignity_n at_o once_o by_o which_o this_o monarchy_n become_v a_o monster_n and_o monstrous_a in_o devour_v §_o 6_o the_o four_o beast_n verse_n 7._o be_v so_o various_o monstrous_a and_o strange_o different_a that_o no_o natural_a beast_n nor_o name_n be_v find_v meet_a to_o describe_v he_o only_o he_o be_v say_v to_o have_v ten_o horn_n and_o iron_n tooth_n to_o devour_v and_o foot_n to_o stamp_v the_o residue_n of_o the_o beast_n under_o it_o a_o strange_a beast_n different_a from_o all_o beast_n and_o all_o the_o beast_n but_o compound_v as_o john_n show_v rev._n 13._o of_o all_o four_o by_o this_o description_n of_o daniel_n be_v set_v forth_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n which_o according_a to_o daniel_n word_n be_v dreadful_a and_o terrible_a to_o all_o nation_n be_v exceed_v strong_a to_o annoy_v they_o all_o have_v such_o tooth_n of_o war_n as_o scipio_n pompey_n caesar_n etc._n etc._n iron_n victor_n that_o addition_n of_o nail_n of_o brass_n ver_fw-la 19_o signify_v their_o imperial_a senate_n and_o provincial_n magistrate_n who_o hold_v fast_o whatsoever_o the_o iron_n tooth_n conquer_v the_o ten_o horn_n be_v explain_v by_o saint_n john_n rev._n 17._o to_o be_v the_o character_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o to_o signify_v the_o ten_o kingdom_n into_o which_o at_o last_o it_o

sit_v upon_o the_o throne_n to_o receive_v the_o book_n and_o he_o be_v also_o say_v to_o be_v bring_v before_o the_o ancient_a of_o day_n which_o word_n say_v mr._n parker_n until_o better_a light_n may_v shine_v i_o can_v but_o conjecture_v say_v he_o that_o they_o do_v signify_v the_o saint_n who_o bring_v christ_n near_o to_o the_o ancient_a of_o day_n by_o importunity_n of_o prayer_n for_o the_o obtain_n of_o the_o kingdom_n and_o removal_n of_o it_o from_o the_o beast_n whereupon_o the_o kingdom_n with_o all_o the_o dominion_n and_o glory_n thereof_o follow_v in_o ver_fw-la 14._o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n be_v give_v to_o he_o that_o be_v to_o christ_n and_o his_o saint_n as_o afore_o clear_v the_o beginning_n whereof_o say_v mr._n parker_n be_v at_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n and_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o throne_n of_o judgement_n as_o appeareth_z vers_n 21_o 22_o 23.25_o 26._o and_o be_v absolve_v in_o heavenly_a perfection_n at_o the_o resurrection_n immediate_o ensue_v so_o he_o the_o greatness_n of_o it_o be_v in_o those_o word_n that_o all_o people_n nation_n and_o language_n shall_v serve_v he_o signify_v that_o it_o be_v the_o very_a same_o kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n in_o place_n and_o substance_n only_o the_o quality_n shall_v be_v better_o and_o the_o quantity_n big_a these_o word_n hold_v forth_o say_v mr._n parker_n the_o universal_a conversion_n of_o the_o remnant_n of_o the_o earth_n who_o at_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n shall_v be_v subject_a to_o christ_n and_o his_o ordinance_n in_o the_o hand_n of_o his_o holy_a people_n the_o witness_n of_o truth_n for_o which_o cause_n they_o be_v also_o say_v to_o be_v subject_a to_o they_o v._o 26_o 27._o isa_n 60.10_o 12._o all_o that_o shall_v withdraw_v their_o ●ecks_n from_o such_o subjection_n shall_v be_v destroy_v ☞_o ☞_o and_o this_o be_v the_o first_o state_n or_o rise_v of_o new_a jerusalem_n the_o space_n of_o five_o and_o forty_o year_n before_o its_o complete_n in_o the_o resurrection_n which_o state_n be_v special_o describe_v by_o all_o the_o prophet_n the_o description_n of_o the_o continuance_n of_o this_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v that_o it_o shall_v be_v for_o ever_o as_o have_v be_v afore_o large_o open_v §_o 15_o from_o the_o whole_a visionall_a representation_n and_o prophetical_a nartative_a in_o this_o chapter_n mr._n archer_n short_a argument_n i_o may_v call_v it_o in_o matter_n be_v considerable_a especial_o if_o put_v into_o form_n thus_o christ_n the_o son_n of_o man_n must_v have_v a_o monarchy_n on_o earth_n deliver_v to_o he_o by_o god_n the_o ancient_n of_o day_n at_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n to_o be_v in_o his_o occupation_n at_o his_o second_o appearance_n and_o from_o thence_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n but_o this_o can_v be_v mean_v of_o his_o spiritual_a and_o providentiall_a kingdom_n which_o he_o have_v before_o the_o four_o monarchy_n 1_o cor._n 10.1_o etc._n etc._n as_o after_o the_o end_n of_o this_o world_n at_o the_o period_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n he_o have_v no_o kingdom_n but_o resign_v up_o all_o to_o the_o father_n 1_o cor._n 15.24_o 28._o therefore_o this_o be_v yet_o to_o come_v the_o four_o monarchy_n be_v not_o yet_o destroy_v nor_o antichrist_n the_o main_a and_o most_o part_n of_o that_o four_o monarchy_n §_o 16_o add_v for_o a_o close_a of_o all_o we_o shall_v say_v upon_o this_o seven_o of_o daniel_n the_o resolution_n and_o reason_n of_o learned_a master_n huet_n upon_o the_o scope_n thereof_o this_o kingdom_n say_v he_o 14._o he_o huet_n on_o daniel_n chap._n 7._o ver_fw-la 14._o be_v ascribe_v to_o the_o person_n of_o the_o messiah_n which_o in_o ver_fw-la 22.27_o be_v give_v to_o and_o possess_v by_o the_o saint_n it_o be_v christ_n authoritative_o it_o be_v the_o saint_n by_o delegation_n and_o ministry_n and_o such_o as_o rule_v for_o god_n and_o according_a to_o god_n be_v say_v to_o rule_v with_o god_n hos_n 11_o 12._o rev._n 2.26_o 27._o which_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n be_v either_o mere_o spiritual_a and_o inward_a whereof_o he_o make_v no_o vicar_n save_v his_o holy_a spirit_n and_o this_o regency_n he_o reserve_v with_o himself_o as_o a_o peculiar_a royalty_n or_o else_o outward_a and_o mix_v partly_o spiritual_a in_o the_o ordinance_n of_o worship_n and_o partly_o civil_a in_o equity_n and_o justice_n according_a to_o righteous_a law_n etc._n etc._n this_o admit_v of_o deputation_n and_o the_o exercise_n of_o it_o may_v be_v ascribe_v either_o to_o god_n or_o man_n the_o first_o and_o second_o cause_v never_o jar_v this_o be_v that_o dominion_n here_o mention_v whereof_o the_o jew_n be_v deprive_v by_o the_o tyranny_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n yet_o now_o through_o the_o glorious_a appearance_n of_o the_o deliverer_n it_o be_v restore_v to_o they_o again_o never_o more_o to_o be_v wrest_v from_o they_o this_o interpretation_n the_o circumstance_n of_o the_o text_n confirm_v 1._o it_o be_v such_o a_o regiment_n as_o be_v resist_v by_o that_o very_a people_n language_n and_o nation_n that_o after_o be_v bring_v in_o to_o serve_v and_o obey_v it_o upon_o the_o violent_a break_n to_o piece_n of_o all_o that_o persevere_o resist_v it_o but_o thus_o the_o spiritual_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v not_o set_v up_o ergo._n 2._o this_o kingdom_n be_v such_o as_o may_v admit_v of_o humane_a deputation_n viz._n that_o may_v be_v exercise_v by_o the_o saint_n on_o earth_n ver_fw-la 22._o judgement_n be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a and_o the_o saint_n possess_v the_o kingdom_n but_o christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n admit_v of_o no_o deputation_n see_v none_o among_o man_n can_v give_v the_o spirit_n command_v the_o conscience_n or_o move_v the_o will_n but_o christ_n alone_o so_o he_o i_o will_v add_v a_o word_n and_o i_o have_v do_v with_o this_o scripture_n and_o that_o may_v be_v a_o three_o argument_n the_o dominion_n here_o prophesy_v and_o promise_v be_v that_o which_o be_v take_v from_o the_o jew_n 1._o by_o the_o babylonian_a captivity_n wherein_o daniel_n and_o the_o jew_n now_o be_v and_o in_o a_o way_n of_o comfort_v he_o and_o they_o against_o this_o their_o present_a desolate_a condition_n these_o vision_n and_o prediction_n be_v give_v to_o he_o and_o upon_o his_o sadness_n at_o first_o dark_a sight_n of_o they_o frequent_o mention_v in_o this_o book_n they_o be_v further_o explain_v to_o he_o see_v more_o in_o a_o exact_a consideration_n of_o the_o whole_a nine_o chapter_n of_o this_o pprophecy_n 2._o by_o the_o desolation_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o according_o daniel_n sad_o complain_v in_o prayer_n to_o god_n in_o chap._n 9_o ver_fw-la 12._o that_o under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n have_v not_o be_v do_v as_o have_v be_v do_v unto_o jerusalem_n and_o for_o his_o comfort_n it_o be_v answer_v vers_fw-la 24._o that_o there_o be_v but_o seventy_o week_n to_o be_v determine_v upon_o the_o holy_a city_n which_o now_o he_o understand_v ver_fw-la 1.2_o that_o they_o be_v near_o expiration_n 3._o by_o the_o cease_n of_o the_o daily_a sacrifice_n which_o be_v express_o mention_v chap._n 12.11_o as_o from_o thence_o to_o begin_v the_o account_n of_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o ninety_o year_n at_o the_o expiration_n whereof_o their_o full_a deliverance_n shall_v commence_v now_o observe_v that_o therefore_o the_o dominion_n pass_v away_o from_o the_o jew_n 1._o pass_v away_o by_o temporal_a calamity_n as_o in_o the_o captivity_n and_o the_o desolation_n of_o jerusalem_n 2._o by_o the_o interruption_n of_o outward_a public_a worship_n but_o the_o spiritual_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n he_o rule_v their_o heart_n by_o his_o spirit_n and_o they_o worship_v he_o in_o secret_a with_o spiritual_a worship_n can_v pass_v away_o from_o a_o people_n by_o those_o two_o thing_n but_o contrariwise_o as_o the_o jew_n be_v a_o religious_a people_n and_o the_o only_a church_n of_o christ_n many_o year_n after_o the_o captivity_n yea_o and_o some_o hundred_o of_o year_n after_o their_o return_n till_o the_o apostle_n time_n so_o the_o christian_a church_n be_v most_o flourish_a spiritual_o when_o outward_o most_o persecute_v under_o the_o ten_o persecution_n and_o be_v fain_o to_o serve_v god_n in_o secret_a at_o dead_a midnight_n compare_v the_o story_n of_o the_o act_n with_o rev._n 11.1_o etc._n etc._n and_o rev._n 12.1_o etc._n etc._n 1._o fox_n martyrolog_n volume_n 1._o all_o which_o relate_v to_o those_o time_n as_o mr._n fox_n in_o his_o book_n of_o martyr_n give_v we_o a_o particular_a account_n sect_n xxxvii_o wherein_o daniel_n chap._n 11._o and_o chap._n 12._o be_v collate_v so_o far_o as_o they_o assert_v our_o main_a thesis_n touch_v the_o general_n and_o glorious_a restauration_n of_o the_o church_n and_o restitution_n of_o all_z thing_n §_o 1_o that_o i_o may_v

commentary_n he_o explain_v thus_o of_o the_o saint_n of_o these_o time_n some_o be_v put_v to_o death_n by_o the_o sword_n 2_o maccab._n 5.26_o other_o be_v cast_v into_o the_o merciless_a fire_n 2_o maccab._n 7.5_o other_o spoil_v of_o their_o good_n 1_o maccab._n 1.35_o and_o other_o be_v sell_v to_o the_o gentile_n for_o slave_n 2_o maccab._n 5.24_o the_o little_a help_n they_o have_v in_o these_o distress_n be_v the_o exploit_n of_o mattathias_n and_o his_o son_n judas_n and_o his_o brethren_n who_o though_o they_o be_v but_o a_o handful_n in_o respect_n of_o antiochus_n his_o army_n yet_o through_o the_o good_a hand_n of_o god_n prosper_v their_o attempt_n they_o be_v a_o refuge_n to_o their_o distress_a brethren_n and_o a_o vexation_n to_o their_o enemy_n to_o who_o they_o give_v many_o onset_n and_o many_o foil_n 1_o macca_n 2.24_o 25_o 44._o yet_o be_v there_o many_o false_a brethren_n as_o alcimus_n and_o other_o §_o 3_o in_o the_o 34._o ver_fw-la which_o according_a to_o our_o last_o english_a translation_n be_v and_o some_z of_o they_o of_o understanding_n shall_v fall_v to_o try_v they_o and_o to_o purge_v and_o to_o make_v they_o white_a even_o to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n because_o it_o be_v yet_o for_o a_o appoint_a time_n we_o have_v say_v mr._n mede_n clausulam_fw-la persecution_n be_v epiphanianae_fw-la etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o close_a of_o epiphanes_n his_o persecute_v and_o therefore_o he_o read_v it_o points_z it_o and_o note_v it_o thus_o and_o of_o those_o that_o be_v understanding_n man_n many_o shall_v fall_v for_o the_o trial_n of_o they_o and_o to_o make_v they_o pure_a unto_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n there_o put_v the_o full_a stop_n of_o the_o whole_a five_o and_o thirty_o verse_n add_v at_o those_o word_n unto_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n this_o note_n that_o be_v to_o say_v he_o the_o end_n of_o the_o greekish_a kingdom_n and_o according_o he_o comment_v upon_o it_o thus_o with_o this_o close_a say_v he_o of_o the_o epiphanian_a persecution_n the_o greekish_a kingdom_n according_a to_o the_o reckon_n of_o the_o holy_a spirit_n be_v judge_v to_o have_v its_o end_n neither_o beyond_o that_o do_v it_o come_v into_o the_o account_n of_o the_o prophetical_a tetrarchy_n or_o quaternion_n of_o four_o kingdom_n and_o bid_v we_o for_o this_o to_o compare_v dan._n 8.23_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d to_o which_o let_v i_o not_o inconvenient_o add_v this_o that_o our_o english_a render_v that_o of_o dan._n 8.23_o and_n in_o the_o latter_a time_n of_o their_o kingdom_n but_o pagnin_n and_o arias_n in_o novissimo_fw-la regni_fw-la eorum_fw-la i._n e._n in_o the_o last_o of_o their_o kingdom_n §_o 4_o in_o the_o 36_o verse_n the_o former_a part_n we_o have_v say_v mr._n mede_n he_o mede_n note_v that_o in_o all_o the_o general_a sense_n of_o the_o verse_n follow_v of_o this_o 11._o chap._n of_o dan._n which_o mr._n mede_n give_v of_o they_o as_o to_o signify_v the_o four_o roman_a monarchy_n mr._n huet_n also_o do_v concur_v with_o he_o the_o characterisme_n of_o the_o four_o to_o wit_n the_o roman_a kingdom_n etc._n etc._n this_o verse_n in_o our_o english_a be_v render_v and_o point_v thus_o and_o the_o king_n shall_v do_v according_a to_o his_o will_n and_o he_o shall_v exalt_v himself_o and_o magnify_v himself_o above_o every_o god_n etc._n etc._n but_o master_n mede_n begin_v this_o 36_o verse_n high_o viz._n from_o the_o last_o clause_n of_o the_o five_o and_o thirty_o verse_n which_o last_o clause_n be_v reckon_v to_o begin_v immediate_o after_o the_o word_n end_n thus_o even_a to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n or_o as_o master_n mede_n because_o as_o yet_o unto_o a_o appoint_a time_n a_o king_n shall_v do_v according_a to_o his_o pleasure_n and_o shall_v extol_v and_o magnify_v himself_o above_o every_o god_n for_o say_v he_o these_o word_n as_o thus_o part_v and_o point_v be_v a_o transition_n and_o the_o article_n h_n prefix_v to_o king_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v not_o here_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d commemorative_n or_o repetitionall_a of_o some_o thing_n or_o person_n mention_v afore_o but_o in_o this_o place_n only_o signify_v some_o certain_a or_o eminent_a thing_n or_o person_n as_o it_o do_v likewise_o in_o isa_n 7.14_o behold_v a_o virgin_n shall_v conceive_v of_o which_o virgin_n there_o be_v no_o mention_n afore_o yet_o be_v it_o write_v with_o that_o article_n prefix_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o of_o the_o ill_a place_n of_o soph_n pasuck_n the_o hebrew_n full_a point_n in_o the_o middle_n or_o ●ody_n of_o the_o verse_n contrary_a to_o distinct_a order_n and_o sense_n see_v gen._n 23.17_o and_o elsewhere_o in_o which_o place_n of_o genesis_n the_o full_a point_n put_v at_o make_v sure_a in_o our_o english_a or_o the_o hebrew_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d round_n about_o which_o be_v all_o one_o the_o hebrew_n differ_v a_o little_a in_o the_o order_n of_o the_o word_n be_v contrary_a to_o nature_n for_o doubtless_o the_o assurance_n and_o the_o person_n to_o who_o the_o assurance_n be_v make_v shall_v be_v put_v both_o within_o the_o same_o period_n or_o full_a stop_n but_o you_o see_v if_o you_o listen_v to_o turn_v to_o it_o in_o the_o english_a translation_n which_o be_v point_v just_o according_a to_o the_o hebrew_n the_o field_n and_o the_o cave_n and_o the_o tree_n of_o the_o field_n of_o ephron_n be_v make_v sure_o put_v in_o the_o seventeen_o verse_n lock_v up_o with_o a_o full_a point_n and_o then_o the_o eighteen_o verse_n begin_v unto_o abraham_n for_o a_o possession_n mr._n mede_n have_v thus_o part_v and_o point_v this_o six_o and_o thirty_o verse_n of_o the_o eleven_o of_o daniel_n he_o comment_v upon_o as_o much_o of_o it_o as_o be_v afore_o express_v by_o he_o thus_o the_o thirty_o six_o verse_n be_v the_o characterism_n of_o the_o four_o or_o roman_a kingdom_n from_o the_o conquer_a of_o macedonia_n to_o the_o end_n of_o augustus_n who_o as_o it_o be_v with_o a_o certain_a fierceness_n and_o torrent_n of_o fortune_n bring_v into_o subjection_n to_o himself_o the_o gentile_n or_o nation_n and_o their_o god_n 8._o god_n vid._n florum_fw-la l._n 2._o c._n 7._o patert_n l._n 1._o c._n 6._o 1_o macc._n c._n 8._o see_v the_o like_a phrase_n also_o concern_v the_o rise_a persian_a monarchy_n dan._n 8.4_o and_o touch_v the_o grecian_a dan._n 11.4_o by_o a_o prophetical_a trope_n the_o god_n of_o city_n and_o nation_n be_v say_v to_o be_v make_v subject_n and_o conquer_a when_o the_o nation_n and_o city_n themselves_o be_v bring_v into_o subjection_n over_o who_o those_o god_n be_v suppose_v to_o be_v precedent_n and_o protector_n isa_n 46.2_o jer._n 50.2_o and_o 51.44_o and_o chap._n 48.7_o even_o as_o on_o the_o contrary_n which_o you_o may_v more_o wonder_n at_o they_o be_v say_v to_o serve_v those_o god_n that_o be_v political_o who_o be_v compel_v to_o submit_v their_o neck_n to_o those_o nation_n who_o god_n they_o be_v deut._n 4.28_o with_o parallel_a place_n in_o chap._n 28._o vers_fw-la 36_o 64._o and_o jerem._n 16.13_o and_o 1_o sam._n 16.19_o upon_o all_o which_o place_n see_v the_o chalde_a paraphrase_n here_o only_o it_o will_v be_v worth_a while_n to_o consider_v the_o solemn_a custom_n of_o the_o roman_n when_o they_o besiege_v city_n of_o call_v forth_o in_o verse_n those_o god_n or_o goddess_n that_o be_v the_o protector_n of_o those_o place_n to_o bring_v they_o to_o be_v on_o their_o side_n cast_v away_o their_o tutelarity_n or_o protection_n of_o their_o enemy_n 8._o *_o formu●am_fw-la vide_fw-la apud_fw-la macrobius_n l._n 3._o saturnal_a c._n 8._o in_o the_o latter_a part_n of_o the_o six_o and_o thirty_o verse_n which_o mr._n mede_n render_v moreover_o he_o shall_v speak_v or_o edict_n stupendous_a thing_n against_o the_o god_n of_o god_n and_o shall_v prevail_v till_o the_o indignation_n be_v consummate_v for_o there_o be_v make_v a_o decision_n of_o the_o time_n there_o be_v the_o characterisme_n of_o the_o same_o four_o or_o roman_a kingdom_n from_o the_o death_n of_o augustus_n to_o the_o abrogation_n of_o gentilism_n in_o which_o interval_n of_o time_n the_o say_v roman_a empire_n crucify_v christ_n that_o god_n of_o god_n then_o appear_v in_o the_o flesh_n under_o pontius_n pilate_n and_o exercise_v the_o worshipper_n of_o he_o with_o direful_a persecution_n and_o butchery_n for_o near_a three_o hundred_o year_n §_o 6_o in_o the_o thirty_o seven_o verse_n furthermore_o moreover_o or_o hence_o forth_o as_o mr._n m._n render_v it_o he_o shall_v not_o regard_v nor_o give_v any_o heed_n to_o the_o god_n of_o his_o ancienter_n or_o the_o desire_n of_o woman_n yea_o he_o shall_v not_o give_v his_o mind_n to_o any_o deity_n but_o shall_v magnify_v himself_o above_o all_o be_v set_v forth_o the_o

by_o david_n mention_v isai_n 55._o and_o psal_n 16._o be_v signify_v christ_n nor_o shall_v david_n return_v again_o till_o the_o physical_a corporal_a resurrection_n of_o the_o saint_n before_o which_o must_v precede_v the_o metaphorical_a resurrection_n that_o be_v the_o call_v of_o the_o jew_n at_o least_o five_o and_o forty_o year_n afore_o as_o we_o have_v before_o prove_v upon_o daniel_n chap._n 12._o so_o this_o return_v of_o israel_n here_o mean_v be_v not_o only_o from_o captivity_n but_o from_o sin_n as_o be_v plain_a by_o that_o which_o follow_v they_o shall_v fear_v the_o lord_n and_o his_o goodness_n fear_v here_o as_o common_o throughout_o the_o scripture_n be_v put_v for_o all_o the_o inward_a grace_n and_o worship_n of_o god_n in_o the_o heart_n as_o to_o trust_v in_o he_o rejoice_v in_o he_o love_v he_o etc._n etc._n and_o that_o for_o his_o goodness_n that_o be_v in_o through_z and_o for_o christ_n who_o as_o he_o be_v call_v the_o wisdom_n of_o god_n 1_o cor._n 1._o and_o the_o word_n of_o god_n joh._n 1._o etc._n etc._n so_o he_o be_v the_o goodness_n of_o god_n because_o god_n be_v not_o can_v in_o justice_n be_v communicative_a of_o his_o goodness_n unto_o the_o lapse_v son_n of_o adam_n but_o in_o and_o through_o christ_n tit._n 3.4_o 5_o 6._o §_o 6_o which_o thing_n be_v so_o they_o speak_v of_o themselves_o that_o they_o be_v never_o yet_o fulfil_v according_a to_o the_o purport_n of_o the_o text._n for_o the_o generality_n of_o israel_n and_o judah_n too_o be_v to_o this_o day_n without_o a_o king_n without_o a_o prince_n without_o a_o priest_n without_o a_o sacrifice_n that_o cease_v at_o least_o ever_o since_o three_o hundred_o sixty_o and_o six_o nor_o have_v they_o instead_o of_o those_o prince_n priest_n and_o sacrifice_n seek_v the_o lord_n their_o god_n and_o david_n that_o be_v christ_n their_o king_n to_o fear_v the_o lord_n and_o his_o goodness_n as_o have_v be_v afore_o expound_v and_o for_o the_o last_o day_n of_o judgement_n that_o be_v no_o time_n for_o conversion_n of_o soul_n and_o reversion_n from_o captivity_n therefore_o this_o pprophecy_n in_o the_o main_a of_o it_o be_v yet_o to_o be_v fulfil_v thus_o of_o hosea_n sect_n xl._n next_o we_o come_v to_o the_o prophet_n joel_n the_o first_o place_n in_o he_o be_v chap._n 2._o v._n 28_o 29_o 30_o 31_o 32_o 33._o verse_n 28._o and_o it_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v afterward_o that_o i_o will_v pour_v out_o my_o spirit_n upon_o all_o flesh_n and_o your_o son_n and_o your_o daughter_n shall_v prophesy_v your_o old_a man_n shall_v dream_v dream_n your_o young_a man_n shall_v see_v vision_n verse_n 29._o and_o also_o upon_o the_o servant_n and_o upon_o the_o handmaid_n in_o those_o day_n will_v i_o pour_v out_o my_o spirit_n verse_n 30._o and_o i_o will_v show_v wonder_n in_o heaven_n and_o in_o earth_n blood_n and_o fire_n and_o pillar_n of_o smoke_n verse_n 31._o the_o sun_n shall_v be_v turn_v into_o darkness_n and_o the_o moon_n into_o blood_n before_o that_o great_a and_o terrible_a day_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v verse_n 32._o and_o it_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v that_o whosoever_o shall_v call_v upon_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n shall_v be_v deliver_v for_o in_o mount_n zion_n and_o in_o jerusalem_n shall_v be_v deliverance_n as_o the_o lord_n have_v say_v and_o in_o the_o remnant_n who_o the_o lord_n shall_v call_v §_o 1_o note_n first_o in_o general_n touch_v the_o all_z of_o this_o text_n that_o though_o saint_n peter_n in_o act_n 2._o do_v true_o apply_v part_n thereof_o to_o the_o wonderful_a effusion_n of_o the_o spirit_n there_o yet_o be_v it_o not_o sole_o applicable_a to_o that_o nor_o be_v the_o intent_n and_o meaning_n of_o the_o whole_a or_o of_o any_o part_n thereof_o whole_o fulfil_v and_o terminate_v therein_o and_o that_o i_o may_v not_o be_v condemn_v of_o singularity_n herein_o let_v i_o tell_v you_o what_o other_o hint_n to_o the_o same_o effect_n though_o they_o will_v not_o speak_v out_o to_o my_o size_n that_o ancient_a pious_a and_o most_o learned_a oecolampadius_n public_a reader_n of_o divinity_n at_o basil_n above_o a_o hundred_o year_n since_o say_v upon_o verse_n 28._o et_fw-la erit_fw-la ubi_fw-la illa_fw-la impleri_fw-la coeperint_fw-la ubi_fw-la christ_n u_fw-mi nimirum_fw-la sanguine_fw-la svo_fw-la faedus_fw-la nostrum_fw-la confirmaverit_fw-la ubi_fw-la a_o mortu_fw-la be_v resurrexerit_fw-la i_o e._n the_o thing_n only_o begin_v to_o be_v fulfil_v present_o after_o the_o resurrection_n of_o christ_n etc._n etc._n and_o that_o learned_a and_o ingenuous_a alapide_v upon_o the_o same_o verse_n post_n haec_fw-la i._n e._n post_n christum_fw-la doctorem_fw-la ejusque_fw-la mortem_fw-la &_o ascensum_fw-la in_o coelum_fw-la ego_fw-la deus_fw-la effundam_fw-la spiritum_fw-la sanctum_fw-la in_o pentecoste_n ac_fw-la deinceps_fw-la primo_fw-la ecclesiae_fw-la seculo_fw-la visibiliter_fw-la in_o apostolos_n &_o christi_fw-la discipulos_fw-la sequentibus_fw-la vero_fw-la seculis_fw-la invisibiliter_fw-la cundem_fw-la effundam_fw-la in_o omnes_fw-la etc._n etc._n that_o be_v god_n do_v promise_v to_o pour_v out_o his_o spirit_n after_o the_o ascension_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o day_n of_o pentecost_n and_o so_o afterward_o on_o the_o first_o age_n of_o the_o church_n visible_o in_o the_o succeed_a age_n invisible_o upon_o all_o so_o that_o both_o these_o confess_v upon_o this_o first_o clause_n that_o this_o effusion_n of_o the_o spirit_n prophesy_v by_o our_o prophet_n be_v not_o full_o fulfil_v in_o act_n 2._o where_o the_o apostle_n quote_v it_o and_o for_o those_o other_o passage_n in_o verse_n 30_o etc._n etc._n i_o will_v show_v wonder_n in_o heaven_n and_o on_o earth_n calvin_n confess_v prophetam_fw-la comprehendere_fw-la totum_fw-la christi_fw-la regnum_fw-la ab_fw-la initio_fw-la usque_fw-la ad_fw-la finem_fw-la etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o prophet_n here_o comprehend_v the_o whole_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n from_o the_o beginning_n to_o the_o end_n thereof_o and_o this_o be_v usual_a enough_o and_o in_o other_o place_n of_o scripture_n we_o have_v show_v that_o the_o prophet_n common_o so_o speak_v or_o so_o speak_v in_o common_a when_o therefore_o they_o speak_v of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n sometime_o they_o touch_v upon_o the_o beginning_n thereof_o sometime_o also_o they_o speak_v of_o the_o end_n thereof_o but_o often_o within_o one_o grasp_n or_o comprehension_n they_o design_v the_o whole_a course_n race_n or_o process_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n from_o first_o to_o last_o and_o so_o the_o prophet_n do_v here_o thus_o calvin_n with_o much_o more_o to_o that_o purpose_n alapide_v likewise_o on_o this_o thirty_o and_o one_o and_o thirty_o verse_n deal_v very_o plain_o and_o ingenuous_o with_o the_o text_n and_o with_o we_o oppose_v those_o of_o his_o own_o religion_n the_o catholic_n say_v he_o think_v that_o these_o prodigious_a sign_n come_v to_o pass_v 1._o at_o the_o nativity_n of_o christ_n when_o the_o star_n appear_v to_o the_o wiseman_n and_o the_o angel_n appear_v to_o the_o shepherd_n 2._o at_o christ_n passion_n when_o the_o sun_n be_v eclipse_v the_o earth_n tremble_v the_o grave_n open_v the_o beholder_n astonish_v 3._o at_o christ_n resurrection_n in_o the_o appearance_n of_o the_o angel_n astonish_v the_o soldier_n that_o keep_v the_o sepulchre_n and_o comfort_v mary_n magdalen_n and_o her_o company_n 4._o at_o the_o pentecost_n in_o the_o cleave_a tongue_n of_o fire_n at_o which_o time_n the_o spirit_n be_v pour_v out_o this_o exposition_n say_v alapide_v be_v probable_a but_o incomplete_a then_o indeed_o begin_v these_o wonder_n but_o shall_v be_v complete_v a_o little_a afore_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n as_o i_o shall_v declare_v by_o and_o by_o on_o the_o otherside_n saint_n jerom_n and_o oecumenius_n say_v alapide_v hold_v that_o these_o prodigy_n be_v act_v a_o little_a afore_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n by_o titus_n but_o last_o and_o genuinly_a it_o be_v certain_a that_o here_o be_v handle_v the_o prodigious_a prognostic_n that_o shall_v precede_v the_o day_n of_o judgement_n which_o appear_v from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o next_o chapter_n thus_o alapide_v add_v one_o more_o lyra_n say_v doctor_n mayer_n avert_v that_o in_o this_o thirty_o verse_n the_o prophet_n pass_v from_o the_o first_o come_v of_o christ_n to_o his_o second_o before_o which_o these_o sign_n shall_v be_v show_v thus_o you_o see_v i_o be_o not_o singular_o bold_a to_o assert_v that_o this_o scripture_n be_v not_o total_o and_o final_o fulfil_v in_o that_o story_n act_v 2._o and_o peter_n himself_o tacit_o intimate_v as_o much_o in_o translate_n the_o prophet_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d afterward_o by_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o the_o last_o day_n which_o must_v not_o exclude_v one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o and_o twenty_o year_n succeed_v reckon_v from_o christ_n ascension_n but_o to_o our_o time_n and_o our_o prophet_n drop_v some_o passage_n which_o

end_n and_o with_o act_n 15._o v._o 13_o 14_o 15_o 16_o 17._o verse_n 11._o in_o that_o day_n i_o will_v raise_v up_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o david_n that_o be_v fall_v and_o close_o up_o the_o breach_n thereof_o and_o i_o will_v raise_v up_o his_o ruin_n and_o will_v build_v it_o as_o in_o the_o day_n of_o old_a verse_n 12._o that_o they_o may_v possess_v the_o remnant_n of_o edom_n and_o of_o all_z the_o heathen_a which_o be_v tall_v by_o my_o name_n say_v the_o lord_n that_o do_v this_o verse_n 13._o behold_v the_o day_n come_v say_v the_o lord_n that_o the_o ploughman_n shall_v overtake_v the_o reaper_n and_o the_o treader_n of_o grape_n he_o that_o sow_v seed_n and_o the_o mountain_n shall_v drop_v sweet_a wine_n and_o all_o the_o hill_n shall_v melt_v verse_n 14._o and_o i_o will_v bring_v again_o the_o captivity_n of_o my_o people_n israel_n and_o they_o shall_v build_v the_o waste_a city_n and_o inhabit_v they_o and_o they_o shall_v plant_v vineyard_n and_o drink_v the_o wine_n thereof_o and_o they_o shall_v also_o make_v garden_n and_o eat_v the_o fruit_n of_o they_o verse_n 15._o and_o i_o will_v plant_v they_o upon_o their_o land_n and_o they_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o pull_v up_o out_o of_o their_o land_n §_o 1_o which_o i_o have_v give_v they_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n touch_v these_o word_n that_o you_o may_v acquit_v i_o of_o privacy_n of_o opinion_n hear_v first_o what_o other_o say_v upon_o they_o the_o great_a mercer_n present_v to_o we_o exit_fw-la lyr._fw-la upon_o the_o 13_o 14_o 15_o ver_fw-la this_o non_fw-la possunt_fw-la haec_fw-la etc._n etc._n i._n e._n these_o thing_n can_v be_v understand_v of_o the_o restauration_n of_o the_o jew_n after_o their_o babylonish_n captivity_n see_v these_o thing_n be_v not_o speak_v of_o judah_n only_a neither_o do_v the_o people_n of_o judah_n remain_v in_o their_o land_n but_o be_v disperse_v into_o all_o nation_n the_o prophet_n refer_v this_o to_o the_o conversion_n of_o israel_n in_o the_o last_o of_o day_n when_o they_o shall_v subject_a and_o submit_v themselves_o to_o christ_n and_o shall_v with_o all_z their_o heart_n adhere_v to_o he_o at_o which_o time_n many_o of_o israel_n shall_v return_v into_o their_o own_o land_n the_o mighty_a hebrew_n critic_n mercer_n himself_o upon_o the_o eleven_o verse_n say_v thus_o post_fw-la varias_fw-la comminationes_fw-la etc._n etc._n i._n e._n here_o the_o prophet_n after_o various_a threat_n subjoin_v at_o length_n magnificent_a consolation_n and_o promise_n which_o no_o doubt_n belong_v to_o the_o time_n and_o kingdom_n of_o the_o messiah_n by_o the_o confession_n of_o all_o the_o sound_a hebrew_n and_o the_o talmud_n themselves_o as_o lyranus_fw-la cite_v in_o the_o tract_n sanhedrin_n cap._n helec_n where_o from_o this_o place_n they_o call_v the_o messiah_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o son_n of_o lapse_n or_o ruin_n because_o he_o shall_v restore_v the_o lapse_v ruin_n as_o it_o be_v say_v in_o this_o place_n thus_o all_o the_o prophet_n almost_o end_v their_o prophecy_n in_o prediction_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n so_o the_o end_n of_o the_o prophet_n joel_n and_o of_o this_o prophet_n agree_v in_o many_o thing_n this_o place_n also_o be_v cite_v by_o james_n in_o the_o act_n of_o the_o apostle_n chap._n 15._o to_o prove_v the_o call_n of_o the_o gentile_n than_o which_o we_o can_v have_v a_o more_o certain_a exposition_n by_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o david_n the_o prophet_n understand_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o house_n of_o david_n as_o learned_o the_o chalde_a paraphra_v turn_n it_o that_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o messiah_n as_o often_o in_o scripture_n christ_n be_v call_v by_o the_o name_n of_o david_n and_o in_o the_o fourteen_o verse_n the_o prophet_n add_v other_o magnificent_a promise_n which_o also_o appertain_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n viz._n i_o will_v bring_v back_o the_o captivity_n of_o my_o people_n israel_n the_o jew_n understand_v this_o according_a to_o the_o letter_n of_o the_o external_a bring_v back_o of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n and_o many_o of_o we_o also_o be_v of_o the_o same_o mind_n be_v carry_v thereunto_o by_o that_o argument_n of_o which_o esdras_n write_v esdr_n lib._n 2._o cap._n 13._o of_o the_o sure_a return_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n give_v in_o a_o divine_a dream_n and_o after_o expound_v to_o that_o sense_n thus_o mercer_n though_o he_o contend_v also_o for_o a_o spiritual_a sense_n which_o we_o do_v not_o altogether_o deny_v but_o do_v altogether_o affirm_v as_o warrant_v by_o many_o scripture_n that_o the_o external_a deliverance_n of_o the_o jew_n shall_v be_v accompany_v with_o a_o glorious_a spiritual_a vocation_n of_o they_o and_o their_o conjunction_n with_o the_o gentile_n in_o matter_n of_o religion_n but_o for_o a_o literal_a sense_n and_o corporal_a bring_v back_o of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n into_o their_o own_o country_n we_o also_o main_o contend_v to_o which_o mercer_n himself_o seem_v not_o altogether_o adverse_a when_o upon_o the_o twelve_o verse_n viz._n that_o they_o may_v possess_v the_o remnant_n of_o edom_n and_o of_o all_o the_o heathen_a i_o say_v when_o upon_o this_o verse_n he_o have_v these_o word_n these_o thing_n say_v he_o can_v neither_o be_v refer_v to_o the_o time_n after_o the_o destruction_n of_o senacherib_n as_o aben_n ezra_n imagine_v nor_o to_o the_o return_n from_o the_o babylonish_n captivity_n thing_n much_o more_o ample_a and_o magnificent_a be_v here_o promise_v than_o those_o do_v at_o that_o time_n for_o that_o external_a felicity_n of_o ezekiah_n be_v most_o short_a nor_o on_o the_o other_o part_n do_v we_o read_v that_o he_o subject_v divers_a of_o the_o gentile_n to_o himself_o and_o albeit_o it_o have_v be_v so_o in_o a_o short_a time_n after_o the_o temple_n and_o judea_n be_v destroy_v and_o after_o their_o return_n from_o that_o captivity_n how_o miserable_o be_v the_o jew_n toss_v to_o and_o fro_o by_o the_o persian_n mede_n greek_n and_o roman_n so_o that_o the_o famous_a victory_n of_o the_o maccabee_n be_v not_o here_o to_o be_v commemorate_a or_o connumerate_v therefore_o indeed_o not_o so_o much_o as_o according_a to_o the_o letter_n or_o shadow_n be_v these_o thing_n in_o my_o judgement_n to_o be_v refer_v to_o ezekiah_n or_o any_o other_o time_n then_o to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o messiah_n and_o aben_n ezra_n be_v compel_v by_o truth_n confess_v this_o to_o be_v a_o more_o plain_a place_n concern_v the_o messiah_n in_o which_o sense_n the_o talmudist_n also_o have_v expound_v it_o to_o all_o which_o mercer_n upon_o the_o fifteen_o verse_n viz._n i_o will_v plant_v they_o upon_o their_o own_o land_n add_v this_o i_o will_v plant_v they_o after_o the_o manner_n of_o tree_n which_o take_v deep_a root_n in_o the_o earth_n as_o if_o the_o lord_n shall_v say_v i_o will_v give_v they_o firm_a and_o establish_a seat_n in_o their_o own_o land_n thus_o mercer_n which_o word_n whether_o they_o sound_v not_o of_o a_o temporal_a deliverance_n of_o israel_n as_o well_o as_o spiritual_a let_v the_o candid_a and_o consider_a reader_n judge_v calvin_n on_o this_o place_n be_v of_o the_o mind_n that_o this_o promise_n do_v intend_v that_o israel_n according_a to_o ver_fw-la 14._o shall_v return_v from_o their_o captivity_n but_o not_o all_o but_o only_o the_o elect_a and_o that_o they_o shall_v quiet_o enjoy_v their_o own_o land_n according_a to_o ver_fw-la 15._o without_o which_o say_v he_o all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o pprophecy_n have_v be_v but_o a_o mockery_n and_o confess_v that_o this_o scripture_n be_v never_o yet_o fulfil_v according_a to_o the_o letter_n as_o to_o a_o temporal_a deliverance_n and_o upon_o act._n 15._o ver_fw-la 16._o quote_v this_o place_n he_o have_v these_o word_n reversi_fw-la ab_fw-la exilio_fw-la babylonico_n etc._n etc._n i_o e._n the_o jew_n return_v from_o the_o babylonish_n captivity_n they_o be_v wear_v out_o with_o continual_a innumerable_a calamity_n even_o to_o utter_v perish_v after_o that_o the_o residue_n that_o be_v leave_v be_v much_o waste_v by_o little_a and_o little_a with_o intestine_a discord_n yea_o when_o god_n do_v succour_v they_o in_o this_o their_o miserable_a condition_n the_o appearance_n of_o help_n then_o hold_v forth_o unto_o they_o become_v a_o certain_a kind_n of_o matter_n of_o despair_n for_o the_o emperiality_n or_o rule_n which_o the_o maccabee_n assume_v to_o themselves_o be_v then_o quite_o take_v away_o from_o the_o tribe_n of_o juda._n thus_o calvin_n well_o but_o for_o he_o or_o mercer_n or_o dr._n mayor_n or_o any_o other_o fly_v to_o a_o spiritual_a sense_n of_o this_o pprophecy_n upon_o this_o ground_n point_n black_a and_o precise_o because_o it_o be_v never_o yet_o fulfil_v in_o a_o literal_a to_o i_o speak_v no_o more_o in_o plain_a english_a then_o as_o if_o because_o god_n have_v never_o to_o

holiness_n and_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n shall_v possess_v their_o possession_n and_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n shall_v be_v a_o fire_n and_o the_o house_n of_o joseph_n a_o flame_n and_o the_o house_n of_o esau_n for_o stubble_n and_o they_o shall_v kindle_v in_o they_o and_o devour_v they_o and_o they_o of_o the_o south_n shall_v possess_v the_o mount_n of_o esau_n and_o they_o of_o the_o plain_a the_o philistines_n and_o they_o shall_v possess_v the_o field_n of_o ephraim_n and_o the_o field_n of_o samaria_n and_o benjamin_n shall_v possess_v gilead_n and_o the_o captivity_n of_o this_o host_n of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n shall_v possess_v that_o of_o the_o canaanite_n even_o unto_o zarephath_n and_o the_o captivity_n of_o jerusalem_n which_o be_v in_o sepharad_n shall_v possess_v the_o city_n of_o the_o south_n and_o saviour_n shall_v come_v upon_o mount_n zion_n to_o judge_v the_o mount_n of_o esau_n and_o the_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v the_o lord_n in_o which_o word_n we_o have_v such_o a_o character_n of_o the_o future_a happy_a state_n of_o the_o church_n on_o earth_n harmonious_o and_o beautiful_o wreathe_v and_o inter-woven_a of_o jew_n and_o gentile_n convert_v unto_o christ_n as_o yet_o never_o be_v but_o still_o lie_v upon_o the_o engagement_n of_o god_n infallible_a truth_n to_o be_v fulfil_v for_o on_o the_o gentile_n part_n here_o express_v under_o so_o many_o name_n they_o be_v not_o all_o to_o be_v destroy_v but_o possess_v with_o a_o mix_a cohabitation_n of_o jew_n according_a to_o the_o aforesaid_a place_n of_o amos_n with_o which_o be_v our_o present_a collation_n this_o of_o obadiah_n that_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o remnant_n of_o edom_n and_o a_o remnant_n for_o so_o the_o grammar_n of_o the_o word_n carry_v it_o of_o all_o the_o heathen_a among_o who_o and_o by_o who_o the_o name_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v call_v upon_o and_o on_o the_o jew_n part_n both_o the_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n now_o as_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n be_v call_v 1_o king_n 11.13_o and_z ch_z 12.20_o because_o of_o the_o mixture_n of_o their_o territory_n as_o the_o geneva_n note_v well_o give_v the_o reason_n and_o also_o the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n must_v be_v here_o understand_v as_o sharer_n in_o the_o spiritual_a salvation_n and_o outward_a happiness_n here_o so_o laborious_o inculcate_v else_o why_o do_v the_o prophet_n use_v one_o while_o such_o comprehension_n in_o word_n as_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n and_o that_o twice_o and_o the_o house_n of_o joseph_n another_o while_n such_o distinction_n and_o discrimination_n in_o term_n as_o the_o captivity_n of_o the_o host_n of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n and_o the_o captivity_n of_o jerusalem_n plain_o enough_o set_n forth_o the_o two_o tribe_n &_o the_o ten_o tribe_n and_o general_o the_o learned_a agree_v that_o both_o be_v here_o understand_v though_o several_o they_o fix_v the_o foot_n of_o their_o interpretation_n oecolampadius_n say_v on_o ver_fw-la 20._o duplices_fw-la facit_fw-la captivitates_fw-la etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o prophet_n make_v two_o captivity_n for_o he_o give_v to_o israel_n the_o space_n towards_o the_o north_n and_o then_o he_o give_v to_o they_o that_o be_v of_o jerusalem_n that_o be_v to_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n that_o tract_n which_o be_v towards_o egypt_n mercer_n have_v it_o over_o and_o over_o that_o in_o the_o 19_o verse_n of_o this_o obadiah_n be_v touch_v the_o state_n of_o judah_n and_o in_o the_o 20_o verse_n the_o state_n of_o israel_n hierom_n say_v the_o house_n of_o jacob_n signify_v judah_n and_o the_o house_n of_o joseph_n the_o ten_o tribe_n and_o ephraim_n the_o son_n of_o joseph_n out_o of_o which_o tribe_n be_v the_o regality_n of_o samaria_n intimate_v that_o the_o two_o kingdom_n be_v to_o be_v again_o couple_v or_o reunite_v for_o the_o devastation_n of_o the_o edomite_n that_o be_v as_o it_o be_v general_o agree_v among_o the_o learned_a both_o jew_n and_o christian_n those_o that_o be_v incorrigible_a antichristian_a enemy_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lord_n jesus_n and_o then_o that_o which_o be_v add_v in_o the_o close_a as_o the_o corenis_n of_o this_o glorious_a internal_a and_o external_a salvation_n of_o all_o these_o to_o be_v save_v that_o saviour_n in_o the_o plural_a shall_v come_v upon_o mount_n zion_n to_o judge_v the_o enemy_n and_o the_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v the_o lord_n be_v of_o that_o strength_n and_o torrent_n that_o it_o bear_v down_o afore_o it_o all_o limitation_n of_o the_o meaning_n to_o their_o return_n from_o babylon_n or_o the_o incarnation_n of_o the_o saviour_n christ_n who_o then_o be_v the_o kingdom_n in_o kind_n no_o otherwise_o than_o it_o be_v former_o when_o he_o rule_v the_o world_n by_o his_o power_n and_o his_o church_n by_o his_o word_n and_o spirit_n whereas_o this_o close_a the_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v the_o lord_n must_v intend_v that_o it_o shall_v be_v answerable_a to_o the_o description_n from_o the_o seventeen_o verse_n downward_o viz._n a_o most_o holy_a kingdom_n and_o withal_o a_o most_o visible_a outward_o large_a and_o glorious_a kingdom_n and_o that_o on_o earth_n all_o corporal_a incurable_a antichristian_a enemy_n sensible_o fall_v before_o it_o which_o be_v not_o only_o my_o opinion_n and_o sense_n of_o these_o word_n mercer_n present_v to_o we_o exit_fw-la lyr._n comment_v on_o this_o prophet_n thus_o much_o odium_n esau_n in_o jacob_n in_o semine_fw-la perseveravit_fw-la etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o hatred_n of_o esau_n against_o jacob_n continue_v in_o the_o very_a seed_n therefore_o the_o overthrow_n of_o they_o be_v foretell_v isa_n 21.34_o jer._n 49._o ezek._n 35._o amos_n 1_o mal._n 1._o this_o prophet_n do_v excellent_o handle_v and_o be_v whole_o in_o this_o that_o as_o christ_n be_v the_o son_n of_o abraham_n and_o of_o israel_n and_o that_o after_o the_o flesh_n and_o therefore_o all_o endue_v with_o the_o spirit_n be_v his_o brethren_n and_o belong_v to_o the_o seed_n of_o abraham_n and_o of_o israel_n so_o all_o false_a brethren_n that_o be_v antichrist_n and_o hypocrite_n belong_v to_o the_o seed_n of_o esau_n unto_o these_o agree_v and_o suit_n whatsoever_o thou_o here_o read_v against_o the_o edomite_n obadiahs_n prophecy_n be_v small_a in_o bulk_n great_a in_o sense_n comprehend_v many_o thing_n in_o a_o few_o word_n he_o prophesi_v in_o the_o behalf_n of_o israel_n against_o edom_n prophesy_v the_o subversion_n of_o the_o edomite_n and_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o true_a israel_n the_o church_n of_o christ_n and_o that_o he_o alone_o shall_v reign_v he_o say_v that_o on_o mount_n zion_n shall_v be_v deliverance_n and_o salvation_n which_o be_v more_o perfect_o fulfil_v according_a to_o the_o letter_n in_o the_o church_n collect_v of_o all_o the_o faithful_a then_o in_o mount_n zion_n because_o the_o state_n of_o mount_n zion_n continue_v but_o for_o a_o time_n but_o the_o church_n abide_v for_o ever_o which_o shall_v be_v we_o be_v confident_a more_o eminent_o famous_a in_o the_o very_a land_n of_o israel_n when_o israel_n in_o the_o last_o time_n shall_v receive_v christ_n and_o their_o possess_v their_o possession_n or_o that_o they_o shall_v possess_v those_o that_o possess_v they_o as_o he_o render_v it_o shall_v he_o say_v come_v to_o pass_v with_o illustrious_a glory_n after_o the_o last_o conversion_n of_o israel_n it_o be_v some-how_a fulfil_v daily_o in_o the_o elect_n overcome_v their_o enemy_n with_o invincible_a patience_n but_o it_o be_v to_o be_v fulfil_v more_o sublime_o and_o glorious_o in_o the_o judgement_n when_o the_o wicked_a shall_v open_o before_o all_o be_v judge_v of_o the_o elect._n in_o special_a the_o house_n of_o joseph_n be_v name_v albeit_o it_o be_v contain_v under_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n lest_o for_o their_o worship_v of_o calf_n and_o their_o long_a captivity_n it_o shall_v be_v deem_v as_o reject_v joseph_n and_o ephraim_n of_o which_o tribe_n be_v jeroboam_fw-la be_v the_o ten_o tribe_n who_o captivity_n say_v the_o hebrew_n be_v not_o yet_o discharge_v but_o as_o it_o be_v say_v in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o prophet_n amos_n in_o the_o last_o time_n israel_n shall_v be_v convert_v there_o be_v they_o which_o by_o esau_n understand_v the_o gentile_n and_o by_o israel_n the_o faithful_a who_o i_o contradict_v not_o there_o be_v of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n among_o the_o apostle_n but_o who_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o ephraim_n and_o joseph_n be_v among_o they_o be_v uncertain_a but_o they_o on_o who_o this_o prophecy_n must_v be_v fulfil_v must_v be_v of_o all_o israel_n convert_v and_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n shall_v be_v a_o fire_n who_o can_v deny_v this_o yet_o to_o be_v fulfil_v hereafter_o apparent_o it_o shall_v be_v fulfil_v when_o the_o world_n shall_v be_v judge_v for_o it_o be_v impossible_a that_o this_o shall_v be_v fulfil_v see_v as_o

hand_n and_o more_o particular_o point_v to_o the_o person_n of_o christ_n much_o less_o be_v there_o any_o ground_n for_o he_o to_o urge_v the_o consideration_n of_o those_o region_n and_o country_n to_o the_o all_z of_o believer_n that_o already_o by_o faith_n be_v spiritual_o enter_v into_o the_o holy_a land_n and_o how_o do_v this_o spiritual_a sense_n agree_v with_o the_o text_n that_o place_n shall_v not_o be_v find_v for_o they_o that_o be_v the_o place_n shall_v not_o be_v sufficient_a to_o receive_v they_o for_o if_o the_o say_v spiritual_a sense_n stand_v good_a than_o the_o whole_a earth_n shall_v not_o be_v capacious_a enough_o to_o receive_v all_o that_o shall_v be_v convert_v which_o be_v contrary_a to_o common_a sense_n therefore_o oecolampadius_n speak_v safe_o and_o come_v off_o fair_o when_o he_o say_v on_o the_o sixth_o verse_n these_o thing_n pertain_v say_v he_o to_o the_o time_n of_o christ_n not_o name_v which_o time_n whether_o that_o of_o his_o first_o or_o that_o of_o his_o next_o come_v but_o leave_v it_o large_a enough_o to_o comprehend_v both_o ¶_o 2._o a_o lapide_fw-la likewise_o will_v understand_v by_o this_o goodly_a war-horse_n the_o apostle_n and_o apostolical_a man_n on_o which_o christ_n do_v as_o it_o be_v ride_v conquer_a the_o world_n spiritual_o and_o yet_o too_o he_o will_v understand_v as_o he_o say_v judas_n maccabeus_n and_o his_o brethren_n trample_v antiochus_n and_o his_o commander_n to_o signify_v this_o generous_a horse_n for_o battle_n here_o mention_v ¶_o 3._o as_o for_o calvin_n though_o upon_o the_o five_o verse_n he_o hint_n most_o a_o mere_a spiritual_a sense_n the_o jew_n as_o also_o the_o church_n militant_a under_o the_o cross_n shall_v be_v conqueror_n and_o triumph_v over_o all_o the_o wicked_a partly_o in_o hope_n and_o partly_o in_o the_o effect_n for_o god_n do_v wonderful_o sustain_v they_o and_o cause_v that_o all_o particular_a believer_n possess_v their_o soul_n in_o patience_n etc._n etc._n yet_o before_o and_o after_o he_o lanch_v forth_o into_o a_o further_a sense_n yea_o and_o time_n too_o beyond_o any_o that_o have_v yet_o come_v to_o pass_v for_o upon_o the_o four_o verse_n he_o have_v these_o word_n from_o among_o the_o jew_n shall_v be_v the_o corner_n that_o be_v those_o in_o that_o people_n that_o shall_v bear_v the_o public_a government_n and_o the_o batttle-bow_n that_o be_v they_o shall_v be_v sufficient_a to_o conquer_v their_o enemy_n and_o the_o exactor_n that_o be_v they_o shall_v enjoy_v the_o empire_n or_o rule_v over_o their_o neighbour_n and_o require_v tribute_n of_o they_o instead_o of_o pay_v it_o to_o they_o if_o any_o ask_v when_o this_o shall_v be_v fulfil_v i_o answer_v there_o be_v some_o prelude_v of_o this_o when_o god_n exalt_v the_o maccabee_n but_o it_o be_v certain_a that_o the_o prophet_n comprise_v the_o whole_a course_n of_o redemption_n and_o upon_o the_o sixth_o verse_n the_o jew_n say_v he_o can_v not_o acquiesce_v in_o those_o beginning_n which_o scarce_o in_o the_o hundred_o part_n do_v answer_v to_o the_o promise_n of_o god_n it_o behove_v therefore_o to_o have_v their_o mind_n lift_v up_o on_o high_a that_o they_o may_v hope_v for_o more_o than_o do_v appear_v before_o their_o eye_n and_o this_o doctrine_n be_v useful_a for_o we_o because_o we_o be_v apt_a to_o restrain_v the_o promise_n of_o god_n to_o a_o narrow_a time_n and_o so_o while_o we_o shut_v he_o up_o in_o our_o strait_n we_o cause_v he_o not_o to_o do_v what_o we_o desire_v therefore_o let_v the_o example_n of_o the_o return_n of_o the_o people_n of_o israel_n still_o be_v before_o we_o because_o the_o lord_n do_v promise_v by_o all_o his_o prophet_n that_o their_o return_n shall_v be_v glorious_a and_o every_o way_n plentiful_a and_o the_o state_n of_o the_o people_n happy_a which_o do_v not_o appear_v when_o the_o jew_n return_v into_o their_o country_n and_o therefore_o it_o follow_v i_o will_v strengthen_v the_o house_n of_o judah_n and_o the_o house_n of_o joseph_n in_o which_o zecharie_n promise_v no_o vulgar_a thing_n when_o as_o he_o say_v both_o people_n judah_n and_o israel_n shall_v be_v rejoin_v and_o so_o incorporate_v into_o one_o as_o before_o the_o breach_n when_o the_o ten_o tribe_n fall_v from_o the_o two_o and_o in_o that_o clause_n i_o will_v bring_v they_o again_o and_o place_v they_o as_o it_o be_v in_o our_o english_a or_o as_o calvin_n road_n it_o i_o will_v bring_v they_o back_o and_o cause_v they_o to_o dwell_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d hoshbotim_fw-la be_v a_o compound_n word_n or_o verb_n signify_v that_o god_n will_v not_o only_o bring_v back_o again_o the_o ten_o tribe_n but_o will_v give_v they_o a_o fix_a seat_n in_o their_o own_o country_n which_o last_o word_n of_o calvin_n be_v full_a to_o our_o sense_n our_o new_a annotation_n say_v upon_o the_o four_o verse_n touch_v the_o oppressor_n or_o exactor_n thus_o they_o shall_v prevail_v against_o their_o enemy_n and_o oppress_v their_o oppressor_n and_o exact_a tribute_n of_o they_o as_o victor_n do_v of_o they_o who_o they_o have_v subdue_v this_o best_a suit_n with_o the_o context_n and_o this_o we_o see_v partly_o verify_v in_o the_o history_n of_o the_o maccabee_n and_o more_o full_o in_o and_o under_o the_o gospel_n the_o prophet_n here_o comprehend_v in_o these_o promise_v the_o whole_a and_o entire_a redemption_n and_o deliverance_n of_o god_n church_n and_o people_n by_o and_o under_o the_o messiah_n thus_o our_o new_a annotation_n speak_v as_o well_o for_o a_o literal_a sense_n as_o a_o spiritual_a and_o of_o time_n yet_o to_o come_v as_o well_o as_o those_o past_a ¶_o 4._o dr._n mayer_n have_v observe_v a_o little_a this_o interfering_n of_o author_n against_o themselves_o have_v upon_o the_o eleven_o verse_n these_o word_n some_o by_o judah_n say_v he_o understand_v the_o jew_n and_o by_o joseph_n and_o ephraim_n the_o gentile_n convert_v to_o the_o say_v and_o that_o no_o local_a motion_n be_v mean_v when_o he_o speak_v of_o bring_v they_o to_o their_o place_n but_o only_o their_o come_n into_o the_o church_n etc._n etc._n and_o yet_o say_v he_o they_o apply_v that_o which_o be_v here_o speak_v in_o part_n to_o that_o which_o god_n do_v for_o the_o jew_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o maccabee_n the_o doctor_n himself_o do_v well_o apply_v this_o pprophecy_n main_o to_o a_o literal_a sense_n but_o i_o have_v hope_v with_o more_o coherence_n for_o if_o as_o he_o well_o assert_n upon_o the_o four_o verse_n touch_v the_o corner_n it_o be_v there_o prophesy_v of_o the_o join_v together_o of_o the_o two_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n and_o israel_n whereby_o they_o shall_v be_v great_o strengthen_v how_o then_o do_v he_o tell_v we_o after_o on_o the_o same_o verse_n that_o this_o pprophecy_n be_v partly_o fulfil_v in_o judas_n maccabeus_n and_o partly_o as_o he_o intimate_v or_o affirm_v on_o the_o eleven_o verse_n in_o the_o return_n of_o those_o jew_n that_o flee_v into_o egypt_n under_o ishmael_n upon_o the_o slaughter_n of_o gedaliah_n 2_o king_n 25._o ver_fw-la 25_o 26._o who_o return_v out_o of_o egypt_n as_o a_o lapide_fw-la believe_v josephus_n 2._o josephus_n lib._n 11._o antiq._n c._n 2._o in_o the_o reign_n of_o ptolomeus_n philodelphus_n the_o successor_n of_o ptolomeus_n lagi_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o greek_n and_o that_o the_o pride_n of_o assyria_n be_v bring_v down_o when_o alexander_n subdue_v both_o persian_n and_o assyrian_n and_o the_o sceptre_n depart_v from_o egypt_n in_o the_o day_n of_o cleopatra_n their_o last_o queen_n with_o who_o love_n antony_n be_v so_o entangle_v who_o dominion_n cesar_n conquer_v but_o not_o she_o because_o she_o slay_v herself_o that_o she_o may_v not_o come_v into_o his_o hand_n i_o say_v how_o do_v these_o thing_n hang_v together_o in_o a_o handsome_a harmony_n for_o all_o these_o thing_n do_v nothing_o conduce_v to_o the_o reunion_n and_o re-dintegration_a of_o the_o two_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n and_o israel_n into_o one_o body_n be_v never_o yet_o do_v since_o their_o division_n in_o rehoboam_n time_n to_o this_o day_n ¶_o 5._o for_o the_o further_a clear_v whereof_o let_v we_o speak_v distinct_o some_o thing_n to_o all_o the_o three_o last_v mention_v particular_n especial_o to_o that_o of_o judas_n maccabeus_n who_o have_v so_o take_v the_o eye_n of_o most_o interpreter_n that_o they_o can_v in_o comment_v on_o this_o chapter_n look_v off_o from_o he_o put_v the_o main_a stress_n of_o interpretation_n upon_o his_o history_n first_o for_o that_o particular_a of_o the_o return_v of_o those_o jew_n from_o egypt_n that_o flee_v thither_o upon_o the_o occasion_n of_o ishmaels_n slay_v gedaliah_n it_o be_v not_o probable_a that_o many_o return_v when_o they_o go_v they_o be_v but_o the_o glean_n of_o a_o captivity_n 2_o king_n 25._o and_o

the_o best_a antiquity_n that_o cerinthus_n hold_v no_o wanton_a voluptuous_a chiliasme_n nor_o speak_v he_o any_o thing_n at_o all_o of_o the_o millenaries_n though_o tertullian_n and_o irenaeus_n live_v above_o a_o hundred_o year_n near_o to_o cerinthus_n his_o time_n then_o do_v eusebius_n and_o therefore_o wise_a man_n can_v but_o wonder_v that_o eusebius_n shall_v tell_v we_o such_o story_n and_o wonder_v the_o more_o because_o epiphanius_n on_o the_o other_o side_n that_o give_v himself_o ten_o time_n more_o to_o inquire_v into_o opinion_n than_o eusebius_n flourish_v about_o 30_o year_n after_o eusebius_n his_o death_n 365._o death_n euseb_n dye_v about_o the_o year_n 339._o and_o epith_n flourish_v about_o the_o year_n 365._o do_v neither_o himself_o find_v any_o such_o opinion_n hold_v by_o cerinthus_n or_o his_o sect_n nor_o do_v he_o mention_v it_o as_o report_v by_o eusebius_n or_o his_o gaius_n or_o dionysius_n or_o any_o other_o and_o thus_o praise_n to_o jehovah_n of_o the_o place_n in_o the_o old_a testament_n chap._n iu._n of_o the_o place_n in_o the_o new_a testament_n prove_v our_o general_a thesis_n viz._n that_o there_o shall_v be_v yet_o afore_o the_o ultimate_a general_a judgement_n a_o most_o glorious_a visible_a state_n of_o the_o church_n on_o earth_n for_o many_o year_n wherein_o the_o saint_n shall_v reign_v and_o triumph_v over_o all_o their_o enemy_n and_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o restitution_n of_o all_o thing_n like_v as_o a_o new_a creation_n sect_n i._o of_o our_o new-testament_n proof_n we_o have_v occasional_o open_v so_o many_o and_o so_o much_o to_o explain_v the_o prophet_n that_o we_o have_v great_o anticipate_v ourselves_o and_o happy_o make_v our_o work_n so_o short_a in_o this_o that_o hence_o there_o be_v no_o fear_n of_o tediousness_n to_o the_o reader_n §_o 1_o the_o first_o place_n we_o shall_v touch_v upon_o in_o the_o new_a testament_n for_o the_o glorious_a visible_a state_n of_o the_o church_n on_o earth_n before_o the_o ultimate_a general_a judgement_n be_v in_o matth._n 24.13_o 14._o but_o he_o that_o shall_v endure_v to_o the_o end_n shall_v be_v save_v and_o this_o gospel_n of_o the_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v preach_v in_o all_o the_o world_n for_o a_o witness_n unto_o all_o nation_n and_o then_o shall_v the_o end_n come_v that_o antitheticall_a but_o point_n at_o a_o time_n immediate_o follow_v the_o universal_a transcendent_a impiety_n of_o the_o wicked_a world_n mention_v vers_fw-la 10_o 11_o 12._o which_o by_o the_o apostle_n in_o their_o epistle_n *_o be_v oft_o prognosticate_v to_o be_v as_o the_o night_n 12._o 2_o thes_n 2.3_o 2_o tim._n 4.1_o 1_o tim._n 3.1_o compare_v 2_o tim._n 4.1_o 2_o pet._n 2.1_o compare_v 2_o pet._n 3._o ver_fw-la 3_o &_o ver_fw-la 12._o precede_v the_o sunrising_n of_o that_o glory_n of_o which_o we_o speak_v the_o end_n here_o mention_v must_v needs_o be_v the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n not_o of_o jerusalem_n as_o we_o have_v before_o analitical_o demonstrate_v on_o this_o twenty_o four_o of_o matthew_n p._n 102._o sect._n 9_o and_o this_o end_n must_v be_v of_o the_o wicked_a world_n that_o be_v of_o the_o world_n as_o wicked_a not_o of_o the_o world_n as_o a_o world_n or_o material_a substance_n else_o why_o do_v our_o saviour_n mention_n endure_v and_o of_o preach_v the_o gospel_n for_o a_o witness_n to_o all_o nation_n for_o when_o the_o time_n of_o the_o aforesaid_a glorious_a state_n of_o the_o church_n throughout_o the_o whole_a earth_n be_v come_v call_v the_o restitution_n of_o all_o thing_n act_n 3.21_o there_o will_v be_v no_o put_v of_o man_n to_o be_v save_v upon_o endure_v or_o suffer_v they_o now_o be_v save_v and_o glory_n have_v dispel_v suffer_v and_o consequent_o there_o will_v be_v no_o need_n of_o make_v the_o gospel_n a_o testimony_n against_o all_o nation_n to_o which_o at_o this_o time_n all_o that_o survive_v shall_v altogether_o submit_v as_o to_o all_o appearance_n the_o end_n therefore_o here_o intend_v be_v the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n as_o a_o sinful_a world_n then_o to_o be_v turn_v into_o a_o glorious_a kingdom_n as_o well_o as_o the_o world_n form_v by_o the_o gospel_n preach_v in_o all_o the_o world_n to_o all_o nation_n to_o which_o at_o which_o time_n christ_n shall_v glorious_o appear_v and_o radiat_a upon_o it_o on_o earth_n as_o we_o have_v large_o demonstrate_v on_o the_o thirty_o verse_n etc._n etc._n of_o this_o twenty_o four_o of_o matthew_n p._n 82._o sect._n 3._o etc._n etc._n the_o sign_n immediate_o antecedent_n to_o this_o end_n to_o be_v transform_v into_o that_o glorious_a beginning_n i_o say_v the_o sign_n prognostic_n or_o causal_a sign_n be_v the_o preach_n of_o the_o gospel_n in_o all_o the_o world_n to_o all_o nation_n which_o be_v a_o glorious_a prelude_n this_o radiant_a sun_n soften_a all_o good_a generous_a plant_n to_o a_o flow_a of_o sap_n into_o the_o flower_n of_o god_n garden_n or_o fruit-tree_n of_o his_o fortward_a though_o it_o harden_v the_o dead_a earth_n into_o stone_n to_o be_v trample_v and_o break_v by_o the_o prancing_n of_o victorious_a judgement_n upon_o they_o as_o other_o scripture_n before_o open_v abundant_o enlarge_v §_o 2_o that_o these_o thing_n thus_o brief_o hint_v may_v due_o be_v illustrate_v according_a to_o the_o just_a extent_n of_o the_o word_n under_o consideration_n let_v we_o make_v three_o observation_n upon_o they_o ¶_o 1._o that_o such_o a_o end_n must_v be_v here_o mean_v as_o can_v be_v apply_v to_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n but_o to_o the_o time_n immediate_o before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n because_o there_o be_v little_a or_o no_o salvation_n temporal_a or_o spiritual_a to_o they_o survive_v at_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o therefore_o our_o saviour_n advise_v the_o jew_n in_o the_o sixteenth_o verse_n etc._n etc._n at_o this_o time_n to_o fly_v not_o to_o endure_v to_o the_o end_n of_o those_o trouble_n even_o as_o many_o year_n afore_o the_o gospel_n be_v flee_v from_o jerusalem_n act_v 8.1_o etc._n etc._n and_o general_o from_o the_o jew_n act_n 13.46_o rom._n 11.25_o even_o as_o they_o witness_v the_o say_a departure_n in_o their_o continuance_n in_o their_o jewish_a sacrifice_v from_o titus_n his_o destruction_n to_o adrian_n and_o from_o he_o to_o constantine_n and_o from_o thence_o to_o julian_n his_o time_n as_o we_o have_v oft_o before_o recite_v beside_o the_o evil_n here_o set_v as_o mark_n of_o the_o end_n be_v the_o same_o the_o apostle_n make_v of_o the_o approach_n of_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n for_o which_o compare_v the_o nine_o ten_o eleven_o and_o twelve_o verse_n of_o this_o twenty_o four_o of_o matthew_n with_o 2_o tim._n 3.1_o 2_o 3_o 4._o ¶_o 2._o the_o gospel_n must_v be_v preach_v in_o all_o the_o world_n so_o as_o to_o be_v a_o witness_n to_o all_o nation_n gr._n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o gospel_n shall_v be_v preach_v in_o all_o the_o inhabit_a world_n for_o a_o witness_n to_o all_o the_o gentile_n a_o thing_n may_v be_v say_v to_o be_v proclaim_v to_o a_o whole_a town_n if_o declare_v but_o in_o the_o market_n place_n or_o to_o a_o whole_a province_n or_o county_n when_o it_o be_v do_v in_o the_o chief_a city_n but_o this_o preach_n must_v be_v in_o the_o whole_a inhabit_a world_n wherever_o man_n inhabit_v as_o jonah_n preach_v in_o every_o street_n of_o nineveh_n labour_v three_o day_n in_o that_o work_n in_o that_o one_o city_n and_o this_o preach_n must_v be_v such_o and_o so_o much_o as_o will_v just_o amount_v to_o a_o witness_n to_o they_o viz._n a_o witness_n to_o convince_v they_o beyond_o all_o excuse_n that_o the_o gospel_n be_v preach_v to_o they_o ¶_o 3._o that_o it_o be_v here_o say_v this_o gospel_n of_o the_o kingdom_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d shall_v be_v preach_v in_o all_o the_o world_n so_o that_o by_o this_o emphatical_a expression_n be_v give_v to_o we_o a_o clear_a distinction_n between_o this_o gospel_n and_o the_o the_o kingdom_n insomuch_o that_o christ_n mere_a spiritual_a kingdom_n can_v be_v here_o understand_v the_o gospel_n be_v the_o law_n of_o the_o kingdom_n the_o saint_n be_v the_o subject_n or_o matter_n of_o that_o kingdom_n the_o gospel_n come_v from_o heaven_n the_o people_n of_o the_o kingdom_n be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o the_o inhabit_a world_n convert_v by_o that_o gospel_n out_o of_o all_o nation_n as_o our_o text_n hold_v forth_o the_o preach_v of_o the_o gospel_n be_v the_o antecedent_n sign_n of_o the_o come_n and_o approach_v of_o that_o kingdom_n but_o the_o antecedent_n can_v be_v the_o consequent_a or_o the_o sign_n be_v the_o thing_n signify_v nor_o can_v the_o cause_n be_v the_o effect_n beside_o christ_n say_v he_o that_o endure_v to_o the_o end_n shall_v be_v save_v be_v antithetical_o put_v

at_o first_o create_v be_v at_o length_n renovate_v or_o make_v new_a it_o shall_v put_v on_o a_o face_n that_o shall_v be_v far_o more_o pleasant_a and_o beautiful_a all_o which_o be_v understand_v of_o a_o stare_n and_o time_n on_o earth_n afore_o the_o ultimate_a judgement_n for_o the_o next_o question_n follow_v in_o that_o catechism_n be_v concern_v that_o q._n deinde_fw-la autem_fw-la quid_fw-la superest_fw-la but_o after_o that_o what_o remain_v a._n ultimum_fw-la &_o generale_fw-mi judicium_fw-la the_o ultimate_a and_o general_a judgement_n for_o christ_n shall_v come_v etc._n etc._n ¶_o 2_o touch_v certain_a part_n and_o circumstantial_o of_o our_o opinion_n as_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v yet_o afore_o the_o ultimate_a end_n of_o the_o world_n a_o glorious_a time_n of_o the_o universal_a call_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v the_o judgement_n of_o chrysostome_n 7._o orat._n de_fw-fr vocat_fw-la judaecorum_n paragraph_n 7._o hilary_n austin_n ambrose_n and_o jerome_n who_o for_o that_o dr._n prideaux_n quote_v and_o consent_n with_o they_o *_o and_o touch_v the_o come_n of_o elijah_n before_o the_o next_o come_v of_o christ_n be_v the_o general_a opinion_n of_o the_o father_n as_o dr._n john_n alsted_n quote_v and_o assert_n ¶_o 3_o of_o late_a writer_n touch_v parcel_n of_o our_o opinion_n we_o may_v quote_v many_o 1_o wendelinus_n in_o his_o natural_a contemplation_n 2_o hieron_n zanchius_n on_o hof_n 3._o 3_o functius_n his_o chronologie_n 4_o rivetus_n on_o hos_fw-la 3._o 5_o peter_z martyr_n in_o his_o common_a place_n class_n 2._o cap._n 4._o and_o cap._n 16._o 6_o pareus_n on_o rom._n 11._o explicat_fw-la dubiorum_fw-la johannes_n de_fw-fr comb_n be_v compend_v totius_fw-la theolog._n lib._n 7._o cap._n 13._o alphonsus_n conradus_n of_o mantua_n in_o his_o commentary_n on_o the_o revelation_n do_v superabound_v upon_o the_o main_a point_n i_o will_v give_v you_o but_o some_o few_o special_a touch_n in_o his_o commentary_n on_o rev._n we_o may_v see_v say_v he_o that_o diverse_a hold_n that_o between_o christ_n come_v in_o the_o flesh_n and_o come_v in_o majesty_n there_o be_v a_o middle_a come_n of_o spiritual_a power_n and_o force_n to_o destroy_v the_o great_a antichrist_n and_o to_o reform_v the_o church_n this_o come_n they_o say_v shall_v be_v in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o six_o millenary_a for_o thousand_o year_n of_o which_o come_v they_o make_v enoch_n and_o elijah_n the_o forerunner_n they_o say_v that_o antichrist_n shall_v be_v destroy_v by_o their_o preach_n and_o his_o kingdom_n abolish_v after_o which_o down-fall_a peace_n shall_v be_v grant_v to_o the_o church_n and_o satan_n shall_v be_v bind_v so_o that_o he_o shall_v not_o be_v able_a to_o disturb_v the_o tranquillity_n thereof_o now_o this_o peace_n and_o happy_a progress_n of_o the_o church_n they_o say_v shall_v last_v for_o the_o whole_a seven_o millenary_a till_o the_o last_o time_n of_o her_o trouble_n by_o the_o persecution_n of_o the_o nation_n gog_n and_o magog_n because_o of_o satan_n who_o they_o say_v shall_v then_o be_v at_o liberty_n stir_v they_o up_o against_o the_o godly_a these_o word_n quote_v by_o dr._n john_n alsted_n in_o his_o treatise_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n infer_v this_o from_o hence_o it_o appear_v say_v alsle_v that_o our_o opinion_n concern_v these_o thousand_o year_n be_v no_o new_a and_o unheard-of_a thing_n as_o for_o alsonsus_fw-la conradus_n his_o own_o opinion_n hear_v a_o little_a of_o that_o first_o in_o his_o preface_n this_o one_o thing_n perhaps_o say_v he_o may_v offend_v the_o ear_n of_o some_o because_o i_o seem_v to_o promise_v a_o more_o plentiful_a peace_n to_o the_o church_n than_o that_o likeness_n of_o the_o cross_n will_v allow_v of_o in_o which_o in_o this_o world_n the_o church_n must_v be_v make_v conformable_a to_o christ_n its_o head_n but_o let_v they_o bethink_v themselves_o that_o this_o be_v not_o so_o contrary_a to_o the_o scripture_n that_o it_o shall_v be_v object_v against_o i_o or_o lay_v to_o my_o charge_n as_o fit_a to_o be_v reckon_v in_o the_o number_n of_o those_o which_o be_v term_v either_o impious_a or_o absurd_a especial_o when_o as_o i_o can_v perceive_v by_o what_o mean_v that_o happiness_n which_o john_n write_v the_o church_n shall_v enjoy_v satan_n be_v bind_v can_v be_v make_v good_a except_o we_o acknowledge_v some_o rest_n of_o the_o church_n her_o enemy_n be_v overthrow_v which_o i_o think_v indeed_o ever_o happen_v as_o often_o as_o the_o enemy_n of_o god_n people_n have_v be_v remove_v out_o of_o the_o way_n now_o because_o the_o enemy_n john_n tell_v we_o shall_v be_v remove_v be_v more_o dangerous_a than_o all_o that_o ever_o yet_o infest_a god_n people_n it_o ought_v not_o to_o seem_v strange_a to_o any_o one_o if_o he_o be_v once_o overcome_v the_o church_n enjoy_v a_o more_o plentiful_a peace_n then_o usual_a second_o in_o his_o comment_n on_o rev._n 20.1_o god_n be_v about_o to_o bestow_v say_v alsonsus_fw-la a_o more_o plentiful_a peace_n on_o his_o church_n than_o heretofore_o it_o suffice_v not_o he_o to_o have_v remove_v out_o of_o the_o way_n the_o beast_n and_o those_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n with_o a_o horrible_a slaughter_n except_o also_o he_o restrain_v satan_n the_o beginner_n of_o all_o these_o mischief_n so_o that_o he_o may_v not_o raise_v any_o more_o those_o usual_a strife_n among_o they_o wherefore_o the_o angel_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n who_o repress_v the_o fury_n of_o satan_n shut_v he_o up_o as_o long_o as_o he_o please_v not_o to_o have_v the_o church_n peace_n to_o be_v take_v away_o so_o he_o shut_v he_o up_o for_o a_o thousand_o year_n i.e._n for_o that_o whole_a time_n that_o he_o will_v not_o have_v the_o church_n peace_n disturb_v so_o far_a alsonsus_fw-la 9_o there_o be_v a_o touch_n also_o in_o matthew_n cotterius_fw-la in_o his_o contin_n &_o demonstr●expos_fw-la of_o the_o revelat._n on_o chap._n 20._o of_o this_o thousand_o year_n of_o which_o we_o speak_v only_o he_o begin_v his_o thousand_o year_n a_o hundred_o and_o odd_a year_n too_o soon_o at_o which_o time_n as_o alsted_n well_o observe_v be_v but_o the_o praeludium_n 10_o add_v to_o these_o the_o word_n of_o john_n piscator_fw-la a_o author_n of_o esteem_n common_a among_o we_o in_o his_o comment_n on_o the_o revelation_n the_o happiness_n of_o the_o faithful_a who_o shall_v live_v upon_o earth_n after_o the_o down-fall_a of_o the_o papacy_n be_v their_o great_a security_n from_o the_o hostile_a invasion_n of_o the_o wicked_a for_o a_o thousand_o year_n the_o singular_a happiness_n of_o the_o martyr_n of_o christ_n who_o before_o those_o thousand_o year_n endure_v persecution_n be_v their_o resurrection_n which_o shall_v be_v before_o the_o general_a resurrection_n and_o in_o a_o treatise_n he_o write_v afore_o his_o death_n of_o which_o dr._n john_n alsted_n have_v the_o perusal_n the_o say_v piscator_fw-la write_v much_o more_o of_o this_o our_o point_n which_o the_o say_v alsted_n transcribe_v as_o he_o confess_v into_o his_o treatise_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n give_v i_o leave_v to_o borrow_v but_o a_o little_a more_o of_o your_o patience_n and_o i_o will_v give_v you_o much_o in_o few_o word_n many_o writer_n of_o the_o former_a and_o this_o present_a age_n have_v publish_v many_o thing_n concern_v elias_n the_o artist_n who_o be_v to_o come_v of_o the_o lion_n of_o the_o north_n who_o be_v near_o at_o hand_n of_o a_o four_o northern_a monarchy_n of_o a_o great_a reformation_n of_o the_o conversion_n of_o the_o jew_n etc._n etc._n see_v theophrastus_n paracelsus_n michael_n sendivogius_n in_o his_o treatise_n of_o sulphur_n stephanus_n pannonius_n of_o the_o circle_n of_o the_o work_n and_o judgement_n of_o god_n where_o among_o other_o thing_n he_o write_v thus_o it_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v that_o the_o pure_a gospel_n shall_v be_v preach_v to_o the_o american_n before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n that_o nothing_o be_v more_o sure_a then_o that_o the_o reformation_n of_o the_o east_n and_o south_n draw_v on_o some_o famous_a emperor_n who_o type_n be_v constantine_n and_o theodosius_n both_o entitle_v the_o great_a shall_v open_o show_v himself_o and_o grant_v liberty_n of_o religion_n to_o they_o who_o profess_v the_o name_n of_o the_o holy_a trinity_n shall_v do_v some_o great_a matter_n in_o the_o world_n for_o the_o glory_n of_o god_n for_o the_o re-building_n up_o of_o the_o church_n and_o for_o the_o down-fall_a of_o antichrist_n the_o eastern_a christian_n fire_v with_o the_o zeal_n of_o christ_n shall_v make_v their_o way_n into_o asia_n it_z s●●e_z and_o provoke_v the_o jew_n to_o jealousy_n rom._n 11._o and_o the_o spiritual_a babylon_n shall_v be_v a_o prey_n to_o all_o nation_n a_o resine_v of_o the_o soldier_n of_o god_n whereof_o be_v mention_n zech._n 13.8_o 9_o i.e._n temptation_n and_o trial_n shall_v go_v before_o this_o

for_o behold_v the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v within_o you_o we_o answer_v first_o that_o these_o word_n be_v speak_v to_o the_o pharisee_n ibid._n vers_fw-la 20_o to_o they_o it_o shall_v not_o come_v with_o observation_n 2_o to_o they_o inquire_v after_o another_o state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n mean_v while_o overlook_a and_o neglect_v its_o present_a state_n while_o christ_n be_v personal_o with_o they_o and_o oppose_v he_o no_o wonder_n therefore_o that_o to_o such_o hypocrite_n so_o act_v christ_n will_v not_o discover_v the_o glorious_a visible_a state_n of_o his_o church_n to_o come_v 3._o the_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d observation_n it_o signify_v divination_n or_o augury_n bud._n and_o the_o apostle_n apply_v the_o theme_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d to_o reprove_v the_o galatian_n for_o observe_v day_n and_o month_n and_o year_n and_o time_n therefore_o chemnitius_n say_v true_o it_o signify_v a_o scrupulous_a superstitious_a observation_n and_o oft_o in_o the_o new_a testament_n it_o be_v put_v to_o signify_v in_o the_o theme_n a_o captious_a insidiatory_a malicious_a observation_n to_o carp_v and_o catch_v luke_n 6.7_o chap._n 14._o vers_fw-la 1_o chap._n 20._o vers_fw-la 20._o the_o great_a learned_a philosopher_n a_o natural_a greek_a and_o therefore_o know_v his_o own_o tongue_n in_o his_o rhet._n l._n 2._o use_v it_o for_o observe_v a_o fit_a time_n to_o revenge_n now_o the_o pharisee_n be_v exquisite_a at_o both_o sort_n of_o observation_n viz._n superstition_n of_o wash_v etc._n etc._n and_o insidiatory_a see_v luke_n 20.20_o they_o watch_v he_o it_o be_v the_o same_o greek_a word_n and_o send_v forth_o spy_v etc._n etc._n this_o be_v the_o efficacy_n of_o the_o greek_a word_n and_o this_o be_v the_o spirit_n and_o temper_n of_o the_o pharisee_n no_o wonder_n that_o christ_n say_v to_o they_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n do_v not_o come_v with_o such_o observation_n or_o to_o such_o observer_n but_o fourthly_a we_o answer_v that_o christ_n do_v not_o deny_v but_o that_o his_o kingdom_n may_v be_v perceive_v and_o behold_v by_o a_o serious_a and_o sincere_a observaton_n as_o first_o his_o kingdom_n of_o the_o ministration_n of_o the_o gospel_n so_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o need_n to_o say_v lo_o here_o or_o lo_o there_o be_v the_o kingdom_n while_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v among_o you_o verse_n 21._o q._n d._n you_o may_v see_v it_o as_o well_o as_o other_o if_o you_o be_v sincere_o willing_a to_o see_v it_o our_o translator_n render_v it_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v within_o you_o but_o most_o improper_o for_o sure_a the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v not_o within_o these_o pharisee_n who_o most_o likely_a put_v this_o question_n to_o christ_n insidiatory_o beside_o the_o greek_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d common_o signify_v among_o or_o on_o this_o side_n or_o on_o that_o side_n or_o in_o the_o middle_n or_o amid_o and_o so_o beza_n and_o the_o hebrew_n &_o our_o syriack_n copy_n have_v it_o and_o beza_n say_v it_o answer_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d apud_fw-la vos_fw-la among_o you_o and_o his_o word_n on_o this_o place_n and_o phrase_n be_v very_o considerable_a to_o our_o purpose_n this_o particle_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d say_v beza_n signify_v that_o so_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v among_o they_o that_o by_o no_o mean_n can_v it_o lie_v hide_v but_o be_v obvious_a to_o the_o behold_v of_o all_o as_o john_n speaks_z chap._n 1._o v._n 27._o but_o perhaps_o it_o do_v declare_v that_o they_o have_v it_o not_o only_o near_o they_o but_o also_o within_o that_o be_v they_o have_v the_o messiah_n within_o their_o house_n so_o that_o but_o for_o perverse_a opinion_n etc._n etc._n they_o may_v acknowledge_v he_o there_o be_v some_o say_v beza_n who_o have_v rather_o render_v it_o within_o you_o as_o if_o it_o be_v signify_v there_o that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v spiritual_a not_o earthly_a etc._n etc._n which_o opinion_n however_o it_o be_v true_a yet_o perhaps_o it_o be_v not_o sufficient_o accommodate_v to_o this_o place_n second_o for_o christ_n more_o glorious_a and_o more_o conspicuous_a kingdom_n at_o his_o next_o appear_v he_o say_v verse_n 22_o 23_o 24._o and_o 25._o to_o his_o disciple_n go_v not_o after_o man_n that_o say_v here_o or_o there_o it_o be_v in_o this_o or_o that_o corner_n for_o as_o the_o lightning_n that_o lighten_v out_o of_o the_o one_o part_n under_o heaven_n shine_v unto_o the_o other_o part_n under_o heaven_n so_o also_o shall_v the_o son_n of_o man_n be_v in_o his_o day_n but_o first_o he_o must_v suffer_v many_o thing_n and_o be_v reject_v of_o this_o generation_n which_o plain_o signify_v his_o next_o come_v after_o his_o ascension_n lay_v all_o together_o and_o you_o will_v see_v how_o little_a mr._n b._n get_v out_o of_o this_o place_n for_o his_o minor_a to_o his_o four_o proof_n thereof_o job_n 18.36_o my_o kingdom_n be_v not_o of_o this_o world_n we_o have_v answer_v large_o afore_o to_o his_o five_o and_o last_o proof_n of_o his_o minor_a rom._n 14.16_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n consist_v not_o etc._n etc._n we_o give_v a_o full_a answer_n when_o we_o answer_v the_o close_n up_o of_o this_o his_o argument_n sect_n v._o mr._n bailye_n five_o argument_n §_o 1_o the_o scripture_n make_v the_o church_n of_o god_n so_o long_o as_o it_o be_v upon_o earth_n first_o a_o mix_a multitude_n of_o elect_a and_o reprobate_a good_a and_o bad_a second_o a_o company_n of_o people_n under_o the_o cross_n and_o subject_a to_o various_a temptation_n three_o a_o company_n that_o have_v need_n of_o the_o word_n and_o sacrament_n of_o prayer_n and_o ordinance_n four_o that_o have_v christ_n a_o high_a priest_n within_o the_o veil_n of_o heaven_n intercede_v for_o they_o but_o the_o doctrine_n in_o hand_n change_v the_o nature_n of_o the_o church_n and_o make_v it_o for_o a_o 1000_o year_n together_o to_o consist_v only_o of_o good_a &_o gracious_a person_n without_o all_o trouble_n without_o all_o ordinance_n without_o any_o need_n of_o christ_n intercession_n for_o the_o first_o of_o mixedness_n see_v mat._n 13.40.24.11_o luk._n 18.8_o these_o place_n declare_v the_o mixture_n of_o the_o wicked_a with_o the_o godly_a in_o the_o church_n to_o the_o world_n end_n and_o most_o about_o the_o end_n for_o the_o second_o of_o cross_n see_v psal_n 34.20_o many_o be_v the_o affliction_n of_o the_o righteous_a matth._n 5.4_o bless_a be_v they_o that_o mourn_v and_o be_v persecute_v act._n 14.23_o by_o many_o tribulation_n we_o must_v enter_v into_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n rom._n 8.17_o if_o we_o suffer_v with_o he_o we_o shall_v reign_v with_o he_o 2_o tim._n 3.12_o all_o that_o will_v be_v godly_a must_v suffer_v persecution_n for_o the_o three_o of_o ordinance_n see_v eph._n 4.11_o 1_o cor._n 11.26_o for_o the_o four_o of_o need_n of_o christ_n intercession_n see_v 1_o john_n 1.8_o and_o chapter_n 2.1_o heb._n 9.24_o §_o 2_o answer_n first_o to_o the_o major_a mr._n b._n himself_o can_v but_o confess_v that_o it_o be_v not_o simple_o and_o absolute_o true_a for_o if_o christ_n will_v judge_v the_o whole_a world_n upon_o the_o earth_n on_o earth_n shall_v be_v the_o place_n of_o judicature_n and_o body_n must_v be_v in_o a_o place_n for_o at_o heaven_n the_o wicked_a shall_v not_o be_v to_o receive_v sentence_n and_o only_o the_o saint_n at_o last_o be_v catch_v up_o into_o the_o cloud_n 1_o thess_n 4.17_o and_o christ_n as_o man_n must_v judge_v man_n as_o man_n and_o so_o have_v time_n to_o make_v his_o judgement_n apparent_o just_a to_o all_o man_n reason_n and_o so_o as_o some_o of_o the_o presbyterian_o confess_v must_v take_v up_o some_o considerable_a time_n and_o at_o this_o time_n the_o church_n shall_v be_v separate_v crosses_z shall_v cease_v the_o wicked_a shall_v not_o persecute_v etc._n etc._n then_o it_o follow_v that_o the_o major_n be_v not_o absolute_o true_a that_o all_o the_o time_n the_o church_n be_v on_o earth_n it_o shall_v be_v subject_a to_o the_o four_o aforesaid_a particular_n now_o we_o have_v often_o and_o just_o say_v the_o day_n of_o judgement_n begin_v at_o the_o thousand_o year_n §_o 3_o to_o the_o minor_a we_o say_v that_o it_o be_v false_a to_o say_v this_o doctrine_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n do_v alter_v the_o nature_n of_o the_o church_n nature_n import_v substance_n kind_n essence_n but_o mr._n baily_n know_v the_o rule_n magis_fw-la &_o minus_fw-la non_fw-la variant_n speciem_fw-la i._n e._n more_n and_o less_o do_v not_o al●er_v the_o kind_n and_o sure_a mr._n b._n have_v preach_v that_o common_a true_a divinity_n that_o heaven_n do_v perfect_a our_o condition_n our_o knowledge_n grace_n soul_n body_n and_o communion_n with_o god_n not_o alter_v they_o in_o kind_n nature_n or_o essence_n and_o so_o the_o

place_n and_o particular_o in_o daniel_n in_o several_a place_n and_o special_o in_o chapter_n 7._o to_o his_o proof_n ezek._n 16.53.55_o and_o his_o gloss_n upon_o it_o that_o the_o jew_n be_v never_o to_o be_v restore_v to_o their_o ancient_n outward_a estate_n much_o less_o to_o a_o more_o glorious_a kingdom_n first_o let_v we_o read_v this_o place_n of_o ezekiel_n close_o to_o the_o hebrew_n the_o hebrew_n word_n for_o word_n run_v thus_o verse_n 53._o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d etc._n etc._n and_o i_o will_v bring_v back_o not_o when_o i_o shall_v the_o captivity_n of_o they_o the_o captivity_n of_o sodom_n and_o her_o daughter_n and_o the_o captivity_n of_o samaria_n and_o her_o daughter_n and_o the_o captivity_n of_o thy_o captivity_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o they_o it_o be_v not_o than_o but_o and._n again_o verse_n 55._o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o thy_o sister_n not_o when_o but_o and_z thy_o sister_n sodom_n and_o her_o daughter_n shall_v return_v to_o their_o former_a estate_n or_o antiquity_n and_o samaria_n and_o her_o daughter_n shall_v return_v to_o her_o antiquity_n or_o former_a estate_n you_o shall_v return_v to_o your_o antiquity_n or_o former_a estate_n no_o than_o etc._n etc._n but_o naked_a by_o the_o verb_n alone_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d you_o shall_v return_v and_o thus_o not_o only_o i_o read_v but_o calvin_n the_o old_a latin_a vatablus_n junius_n jerom_n arias_n yea_o so_o the_o greek_a sep._n syr._n arab._n and_o chalde_v read_v it_o but_o then_o the_o question_n be_v whether_o the_o intent_n of_o the_o speech_n be_v not_o ironical_a to_o signify_v they_o shall_v never_o return_v suppose_v that_o there_o shall_v never_o be_v any_o restitution_n of_o sodom_n answ_n first_o learned_a vatablus_n do_v not_o so_o understand_v it_o but_o read_v it_o and_o conceive_v it_o a_o positive_a promise_n and_o expound_v sodom_n and_o her_o daughter_n or_o village_n per_fw-la idumaeos_fw-la &_o moabitas_fw-la qui_fw-la originem_fw-la duxerant_fw-la a_o lot_n qui_fw-la habitabant_fw-la in_o sodomis_n i._n e._n by_o the_o idumaean_n and_o moabite_n who_o original_o come_v from_o lot_n and_o dwell_v in_o sodom_n and_o bring_v back_o their_o captivity_n he_o expound_v to_o be_v the_o assert_v of_o their_o liberty_n by_o christ_n and_o therefore_o not_o only_o the_o jew_n which_o be_v party_n understand_v this_o as_o a_o prophecy_n and_o by_o sodom_n and_o her_o daughter_n they_o understand_v the_o moabite_n and_o ammonite_n which_o be_v the_o offspring_n of_o lot_n which_o dwell_v at_o sodom_n but_o christian_n so_o understand_v it_o and_o of_o christian_n not_o only_a vatablus_n but_o alapide_v with_o many_o other_o as_o alapide_a show_v with_o much_o variety_n of_o read_v second_o there_o appear_v nothing_o in_o the_o word_n or_o point_n of_o a_o irony_n three_o the_o mention_n of_o sodom_n do_v not_o intimate_v it_o because_o samaria_n be_v join_v with_o it_o now_o we_o have_v hear_v the_o prophet_n abundant_o assert_v that_o the_o ten_o tribe_n shall_v be_v restore_v and_o also_o that_o all_o whole_a canaan_n the_o country_n of_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n shall_v be_v again_o the_o possession_n of_o the_o jew_n whereof_o sodom_n be_v a_o part_n and_o near_o the_o heart_n of_o the_o country_n as_o you_o may_v see_v in_o your_o ordinary_a map_n note_v further_o that_o sodom_n signify_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d as_o alapide_v show_n i._n e._n the_o five_o city_n of_o which_o see_v gen._n 14.2_o with_o their_o village_n of_o which_o five_o city_n zoar_v be_v one_o escape_v the_o fire_n upon_o the_o prayer_n of_o lot_n gen._n 19_o therefore_o no_o wonder_n if_o this_o of_o the_o country_n of_o sodom_n be_v restore_v and_o further_o that_o the_o moabite_n and_o ammonite_n be_v near_o neighbour_n and_o they_o be_v carry_v away_o captive_a by_o salmanasar_n as_o alapide_a and_o other_o observe_v therefore_o their_o return_n in_o their_o posterity_n may_v well_o be_v expect_v four_o observe_v that_o verse_n 54._o between_o these_o two_o place_n be_v put_v that_o thou_o may_v be_v ashamed_a etc._n etc._n mercy_n after_o correction_n make_v a_o soul_n most_o ashamed_a but_o if_o quite_o give_v up_o to_o utter_a ruin_n how_o be_v it_o say_v verse_n 61._o that_o thou_o may_v be_v ashamed_a yea_o and_o that_o thou_o may_v remember_v thy_o way_n and_o be_v ashamed_a five_o that_o vers_fw-la 61._o plain_o sound_v of_o a_o positive_a promise_n thou_o shall_v receive_v thy_o elder_n and_o young_a sister_n sodom_n and_o samaria_n and_o i_o will_v give_v they_o unto_o thou_o for_o daughter_n not_o by_o thy_o covenant_n of_o law_n of_o ceremony_n but_o by_o my_o new_a covenant_n so_o that_o according_a to_o the_o new_a evangelical_n covenant_n the_o posterity_n of_o that_o of_o sodom_n that_o remain_v and_o samaria_n shall_v be_v incorporate_v into_o one_o church_n with_o the_o jew_n at_o their_o restauration_n upon_o these_o last_o consideration_n well_o may_v alapide_v say_v to_o read_v the_o say_v 53._o and_o 55._o verse_n ironical_o non_fw-la convenire_fw-la cum_fw-la sequentibus_fw-la i._n e._n do_v not_o agree_v with_o that_o which_o follow_v now_o what_o will_v mr._n baily_n say_v to_o this_o most_o likely_a he_o will_v fly_v to_o his_o distinction_n in_o the_o close_a viz._n that_o their_o spiritual_a glory_n shall_v be_v restore_v after_o their_o babylonish_n captivity_n but_o not_o their_o outward_a national_a glory_n answ_n but_o we_o have_v hear_v abundant_a of_o plain_a text_n to_o the_o contrary_a namely_o that_o they_o shall_v be_v restore_v to_o their_o outward_a national_a glory_n of_o which_o more_o in_o the_o six_o book_n in_o the_o quid_fw-la sit_fw-la i._n e._n what_o this_o state_n of_o the_o universal_a church_n of_o which_o we_o speak_v shall_v be_v thus_o of_o mr._n baily_n first_o proof_n out_o of_o ezek._n 16.53.55_o ¶_o 2_o to_o the_o second_o proof_n viz._n that_o in_o amos_n 5.2_o the_o virgin_n of_o israel_n be_v fall_v and_o shall_v rise_v no_o more_o it_o must_v be_v understand_v conditional_o as_o absolute_a for_o conditionalis_fw-la oft_o use_v in_o scripture_n as_o of_o nineveh_n etc._n etc._n some_o conditional_a must_v be_v understand_v or_o some_o limitation_n be_v supply_v the_o chalde_a say_v it_o shall_v not_o rise_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o one_o year_n i._n e._n not_o quick_o after_o for_o they_o be_v long_o in_o captivity_n or_o not_o sudden_o at_o least_o when_o their_o great_a restauration_n shall_v be_v which_o be_v yet_o to_o come_v for_o they_o shall_v be_v strive_v five_o and_o forty_o year_n dan._n 12._o or_o else_o this_o condition_n or_o limitation_n israel_n shall_v not_o rise_v a_o virgin_n viz._n pure_a in_o repute_n as_o afore_o she_o fall_v into_o idolatry_n for_o it_o can_v be_v say_v now_o that_o she_o be_v never_o defile_v therefore_o mark_v though_o vers_fw-la 1._o this_o be_v speak_v of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o house_n israel_n which_o be_v of_o the_o masculine_a gender_n yet_o verse_n 2._o the_o verb_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v of_o the_o feminine_a gender_n and_o agree_v with_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d virgin_n or_o this_o condition_n or_o limitation_n that_o she_o herself_o can_v rise_v therefore_o in_o hebrew_n it_o be_v nipthla_fw-mi lo_o tosaph_n kum_n she_o be_v fall_v and_o can_v add_v to_o rise_v and_o that_o which_o follow_v intimate_v the_o same_o viz._n she_o be_v forsake_v in_o she_o own_o land_n and_o there_o be_v none_o to_o raise_v she_o up_o i._n e._n no_o humane_a help_n shall_v do_v it_o but_o god_n do_v do_v it_o in_o the_o return_n from_o egypt_n and_o babylon_n so_o shall_v he_o at_o last_o some_o such_o condition_n or_o limitation_n must_v be_v find_v out_o first_o because_o of_o the_o context_n for_o it_o follow_v verse_n 3_o god_n will_v have_v respect_n and_o show_v mercy_n to_o the_o ten_o of_o they_o and_o verse_n 4._o come_v in_o with_o a_o for_o for_n thus_o say_v the_o lord_n to_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n seek_v you_o i_o and_o you_o shall_v live_v repeat_v verse_n 6._o enlarge_v verse_n 9.10_o seek_v he_o that_o strengthen_v the_o spoil_v against_o the_o strong_a second_o because_o of_o the_o analogy_n with_o many_o place_n that_o be_v clear_a for_o the_o restitution_n of_o israel_n to_o his_o three_o place_n out_o of_o isaiah_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o jerusalem_n it_o be_v a_o gross_a mistake_n for_o all_o that_o be_v of_o it_o be_v in_o isa_n 24.20_o speak_v of_o the_o earth_n not_o jerusalem_n but_o present_o be_v mention_v the_o restitution_n of_o the_o jew_n verse_n 23._o as_o for_o mr._n baily_n four_o place_n in_o gen._n 49._o it_o be_v of_o no_o validity_n to_o the_o thing_n he_o intend_v but_o in_o his_o imagination_n sect_n ix_o the_o nine_o and_o last_o argument_n of_o mr._n bailiff_n §_o 1_o the_o millenaries_n lay_v

spirit_n shall_v be_v remove_v far_o away_o from_o the_o church_n zach._n 13_o 2._o three_o for_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o day_n work_n of_o creation_n as_o in_o they_o be_v create_v the_o dry-land_n the_o plant_n the_o fish_n and_o fowl_n and_o animal_n etc._n etc._n so_o in_o this_o new_a creation_n there_o shall_v be_v a_o perfection_n of_o all_o those_o then_o in_o be_v for_o of_o a_o resurrection_n of_o irrationals_n i_o know_v nothing_o and_o they_o shall_v be_v free_v and_o set_v at_o liberty_n from_o all_o danger_n and_o hardship_n isa_n 11.6_o 7_o 8_o 9_o rom._n 8.19_o 20_o 21_o 22._o i_o speak_v now_o short_a to_o these_o thing_n because_o i_o be_o not_o yet_o come_v to_o the_o qualification_n of_o this_o future_a glorious_a estate_n into_o which_o this_o head_n will_v sometime_o fain_o draw_v i_o but_o i_o will_v not_o be_v anticipate_v ¶_o 4_o this_o future_a glorious_a estate_n on_o earth_n be_v a_o creation_n in_o regard_n of_o the_o end_n viz._n that_o as_o man_n be_v create_v last_o of_o all_o most_o perfect_a in_o soul_n and_o body_n as_o the_o subordinate_a end_n next_o under_o god_n for_o which_o god_n make_v it_o viz._n that_o man_n may_v have_v the_o possession_n and_o use_n of_o all_o and_o dominion_n over_o all_o gen._n 1.26_o so_o in_o this_o new_a creation_n christ_n restore_v all_o thing_n to_o their_o perfection_n and_o every_o believer_n to_o he_o to_o that_o end_n that_o all_o believer_n be_v raise_v or_o change_v as_o afore_o describe_v may_v joint_o and_o co-ordinate_o rule_v over_o the_o whole_a world_n and_o all_o thing_n therein_o next_o under_o christ_n their_o head_n i_o say_v all_z and_o not_o apart_o only_o as_o some_o unwary_o publish_v and_o i_o say_v joint_o not_o one_o part_n of_o the_o saint_n to_o usurp_v authority_n over_o the_o rest_n as_o many_o dream_n and_o co-ordinate_o all_o upon_o equal_a term_n not_o some_o saint_n to_o rule_v by_o deputy_n make_v of_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o saint_n as_o the_o practice_n of_o man_n seem_v to_o interpret_v and_o all_o to_o be_v true_a saint_n not_o seem_v thus_o we_o read_v in_o dan._n 7._o verse_n 14._o and_o 27._o and_o rev._n 20.4_o and_o chap._n 21._o verse_n 24.26_o study_v the_o place_n well_o and_o you_o will_v easy_o pick_v it_o out_o chap._n iii_o measure_v out_o the_o dimension_n of_o this_o glorious_a estate_n to_o be_v on_o earth_n afore_o the_o ultimate_a universal_a judgement_n §_o 1_o have_v do_v with_o the_o creation_n of_o it_o we_o come_v next_o to_o the_o dimension_n quantity_n or_o extent_n of_o the_o glorious_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n on_o earth_n yet_o expect_v viz._n that_o as_o the_o other_o four_o monarchy_n do_v over_o spread_v all_o the_o inhabit_a world_n as_o it_o be_v say_v of_o nebuchadnezar_n assyrto-chaldean_a monarchy_n dan._n 2.37_o that_o he_o be_v king_n of_o king_n and_o that_o wheresoever_o the_o children_z of_o man_n dwell_v the_o beast_n of_o the_o field_n and_o fowl_n of_o the_o heaven_n god_n have_v give_v into_o his_o hand_n and_o have_v make_v he_o ruler_n overdo_n all_z and_o of_o caesar_n roman_a monarchy_n luke_n 2.1_o that_o there_o go_v out_o a_o decree_n from_o he_o that_z all_z the_o world_n shall_v be_v tax_v so_o this_o five_o monarchy_n of_o the_o saint_n reign_v on_o earth_n under_o christ_n must_v be_v as_o large_a as_o those_o monarchy_n as_o large_a as_o the_o whole_a world_n for_o ample_a dominion_n though_o not_o for_o sincere_a conversion_n that_o be_v the_o generality_n of_o man_n in_o the_o time_n of_o this_o kingdom_n be_v convert_v into_o true_a saint_n they_o shall_v rule_v over_o all_o the_o whole_a world_n of_o man_n swallow_v up_o the_o other_o former_a monarchy_n so_o that_o if_o there_o be_v remain_v a_o secret_a seed_n of_o hypocrisy_n in_o ●ome_o which_o shall_v at_o last_o god_n so_o foretell_v rev._n 20.8_o break_v out_o in_o the_o gogican_a war_n at_o the_o end_n of_o our_o thousand_o year_n shall_v yet_o mean_v while_o all_o man_n all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n shall_v be_v demure_o subject_a to_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o saint_n touch_v the_o latitude_n and_o largeness_n of_o this_o holy-kingdome_n read_v dan._n 2.34_o 35._o the_o stone_n cut_v out_o without_o hand_n smite_v the_o image_n on_o his_o foot_n that_o be_v of_o iron_n and_o of_o clay_n and_o break_v they_o to_o piece_n then_o be_v the_o iron_n the_o clay_n the_o brass_n the_o silver_n and_o the_o gold_n break_v in_o piece_n together_o and_o become_v like_o the_o chasse_n of_o the_o summerthershing_n floor_n and_o the_o wind_n carry_v they_o away_o so_o that_o no_o place_n be_v find_v for_o they_o and_o the_o stone_n that_o smite_v the_o image_n become_v a_o great_a mountain_n and_o fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n dan._n 7.26_o 27_o and_o the_o judgement_n shall_v sit_v and_o they_o shall_v take_v away_o his_o the_o precede_a monarchy_n dominion_n etc._n etc._n and_o the_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n and_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n etc._n etc._n and_o rev._n 10.7_o st._n john_n have_v say_v in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o seven_o angel_n when_o he_o shall_v begin_v to_o sound_v the_o mystery_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v finish_v he_o go_v on_o in_o the_o 11._o chapter_n verse_n 15._o saying_n the_o seven_o angel_n sound_v and_o there_o be_v great_a voice_n in_o heaven_n say_v the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n be_v become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ_n and_o he_o shall_v reign_v for_o ever_o that_o be_v no_o monarchy_n shall_v ever_o be_v on_o earth_n after_o he_o add_v isa_n 2._o in_o the_o second_o verse_n etc._n etc._n whereof_o you_o have_v the_o propagation_n of_o the_o gospel_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n and_o man_n obedience_n to_o it_o in_o the_o 11_o verse_n repeat_v again_o verse_n 17._o you_o have_v the_o lord_n christ_n exalt_v and_o his_o overthrow_v all_o worldly_a power_n prostrate_v before_o he_o in_o these_o word_n the_o lofty_a look_n of_o man_n shall_v be_v humble_v and_o the_o haughtiness_n of_o man_n shall_v be_v bow_v down_o and_o the_o lord_z alone_o shall_v be_v exalt_v which_o word_n though_o covert_o for_o fear_v of_o provoke_v worldly_a monarch_n be_v allege_v by_o the_o jew_n to_o the_o same_o end_n as_o you_o have_v hear_v afore_o at_o large_a to_o the_o same_o effect_n of_o the_o largeness_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n be_v that_o notable_a place_n in_o isa_n 24._o verse_n 21_o 22_o 23._o in_o that_o day_n it_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v that_o the_o lord_n shall_v punish_v the_o host_n of_o the_o high_a one_o that_o be_v on_o high_a and_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n upon_o earth_n and_o they_o shall_v be_v gather_v together_o as_o prisoner_n be_v gather_v in_o the_o pit_n and_o shall_v be_v shut_v up_o in_o the_o prison_n and_o after_o many_o day_n they_o shall_v be_v visit_v then_o the_o moon_n shall_v be_v confound_v and_o the_o sun_n ashamed_a when_o the_o lord_n of_o host_n shall_v reign_v in_o mount_n zion_n and_o in_o jerusalem_n before_o his_o ancient_n glorious_o his_o ancient_n be_v his_o ancient_a people_n the_o jew_n and_o as_o the_o material_a sun_n and_o moon_n shall_v be_v then_o nothing_o in_o comparison_n of_o the_o light_n of_o god_n presence_n as_o afore-shewed_n so_o the_o metaphorical_a sun_n and_o moon_n for_o the_o same_o scripture_n may_v have_v two_o subordinate_a sense_n rev._n 17.9_o 10._o i_o say_v the_o metaphorical_a sun_n and_o moon_n of_o high_a and_o low_a humane_a majesty_n shall_v be_v confound_v with_o shame_n so_o jacob_n a_o prince_n in_o those_o time_n and_o his_o wife_n be_v call_v by_o the_o name_n and_o interpret_v to_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o that_o name_n of_o the_o sun_n and_o moon_n in_o joseph_n dream_n gen._n 37.9_o even_o as_o we_o have_v but_o now_o in_o that_o 24_o of_o isa_n both_o name_n and_o thing_n metaphor_n &_o meaning_n express_v and_o by_o the_o same_o rule_n and_o proportion_n we_o may_v admit_v of_o other_o annex_v a_o metaphorical_a sense_n to_o that_o revelation_n 21._o verse_n 23_o 24._o that_o in_o christ_n kingdom_n to_o come_v upon_o earth_n there_o shall_v be_v no_o need_n of_o the_o sun_n or_o moon_n i._n e._n of_o imperial_a royal_a or_o princely_a potentate_n to_o keep_v the_o peace_n as_o we_o have_v expound_v it_o also_o in_o a_o literal_a sense_n of_o the_o obscure_n of_o the_o glory_n of_o all_o the_o star_n by_o the_o paramount_n glory_n of_o god_n presence_n for_o god_n and_o the_o lamb_n presence_n shall_v be_v in_o stead_n of_o and_o more_o than_o the_o sun_n and_o moon_n in_o both_o sense_n one_o both_o learned_a and_o godly_a do_v likewise_o to_o the_o

etc._n as_o say_v he_o our_o belove_a brother_n paul_n speak_v of_o these_o thing_n in_o all_o his_o epistle_n which_o unlearned_a and_o unstable_a man_n wrest_v so_o that_o in_o peter_n judgement_n many_o thing_n of_o this_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n and_o of_o this_o glorious_a time_n be_v in_o paul_n epistle_n but_o be_v as_o peter_z hint_n profound_o deliver_v be_v not_o understand_v by_o many_o but_o pervert_v as_o we_o see_v at_o this_o time_n well_o let_v we_o understand_v paul_n better_a than_o so_o in_o that_o rom._n 8._o verse_n 18._o etc._n etc._n the_o suffering_n of_o this_o present_a time_n be_v not_o worthy_a to_o be_v compare_v with_o the_o glory_n which_o shall_v be_v reveal_v in_o we_o mark_v reveal_v and_o in_o we_o it_o be_v a_o bring_v down_o glory_n to_o we_o into_o we_o then_o it_o follow_v verse_n 19_o the_o earnest_a expectation_n of_o the_o creature_n wait_v for_o the_o manifestation_n of_o the_o son_n of_o god_n mark_n it_o be_v here_o plain_a that_o the_o natural_a creature_n be_v mean_v not_o the_o spiritual_a new_a creature_n viz._n the_o regenerate_v soul_n they_o be_v the_o son_n of_o god_n and_o these_o two_o be_v contradistinct_a and_o mark_v further_o that_o it_o be_v say_v it_o wait_v for_o the_o manifestation_n of_o the_o son_n of_o god_n whereas_o glory_n in_o the_o high_a heaven_n be_v a_o hide_v of_o they_o from_o the_o creation_n and_o will_v disappoint_v it_o of_o its_o expectation_n which_o must_v not_o be_v because_o that_o expectation_n and_o wait_a be_v the_o instinct_n of_o the_o creature_n and_o that_o be_v so_o much_o as_o that_o it_o may_v not_o be_v in_o vain_a by_o that_o a_o tree_n grow_v to_o his_o period_n of_o age_n be_v it_o in_o never_o so_o many_o hundred_o year_n etc._n etc._n accidental_n of_o wen_n and_o wart_n wind_n and_o weather_n do_v not_o eradicate_v his_o instinct_n the_o curse_n be_v accidental_a to_o the_o creature_n not_o of_o the_o essence_n the_o creation_n still_o by_o instinct_n look_v for_o his_o former_a state_n in_o adam_n and_o therefore_o as_o notwithstanding_o nip_a winter_n the_o creature_n every_o spring_n have_v its_o petty_a resurrection_n as_o type_n and_o pledge_n of_o the_o great_a as_o the_o little_a jubilee_n of_o the_o great_a so_o its_o expectation_n by_o instinct_n shall_v not_o fail_v of_o the_o great_a restauration_n and_o this_o accidental_a the_o apostle_n argue_v in_o the_o next_o verse_n sc_n 20._o the_o creature_n be_v make_v subject_a to_o vanity_n not_o willing_o sc_a not_o essential_o of_o its_o essential_a frame_n but_o by_o reason_n of_o he_o who_o subdue_v it_o under_o hope_n i._n e._n the_o creature_n be_v make_v substantial_o glorious_a essential_o exceed_v good_a and_o then_o after_o adam_n fall_n which_o that_o it_o be_v the_o same_o day_n or_o sudden_o after_o his_o creation_n i_o can_v yet_o believe_v divine_n best_a reason_n be_v not_o to_o i_o convince_a i_o can_v think_v that_o god_n will_v make_v such_o a_o excellent_a piece_n to_o be_v like_o a_o bubble_n or_o spark_n though_o in_o the_o three_o chapter_n of_o genesis_n be_v present_o mention_v of_o adam_n fall_n and_o chapter_n 4._o of_o adam_n two_o son_n yet_o adam_n be_v a_o hundred_o and_o thirty_o year_n old_a when_o he_o have_v his_o three_o son_n sc_fw-la seth._n i_o say_v then_o after_o adam_n fall_n it_o be_v subject_a to_o vanity_n i._n e._n fade_v and_o unconstant_a with_o change_n by_o winter_n and_o summer_n by_o he_o who_o subject_v it_o sc_n by_o god_n curse_n on_o the_o creature_n not_o in_o anger_n to_o it_o but_o as_o a_o punishment_n to_o man_n who_o as_o a_o lord_n they_o shall_v have_v serve_v but_o god_n subject_v it_o not_o for_o ever_o to_o that_o condition_n but_o under_o hope_n as_o he_o curse_a man_n not_o forever_o but_o give_v he_o a_o promise_n of_o salvation_n by_o the_o seed_n of_o the_o woman_n christ_n that_o the_o serpent_n head_n shall_v be_v bruise_v scrooch_v and_o so_o as_o man_n by_o distinct_a hope_n wait_v and_o god_n be_v mindful_a of_o that_o promise_n above_o four_o thousand_o year_n after_o rom._n 16.10_o so_o the_o creature_n have_v a_o instinct_n of_o hope_n impress_v on_o their_o essence_n that_o they_o shall_v be_v restore_v and_o here_o be_v a_o promise_n for_o it_o in_o this_o 8._o of_o rom._n verse_n 21._o that_o in_o perfection_n they_o shall_v serve_v their_o lord_n viz._n man_n be_v restore_v to_o his_o perfection_n by_o the_o man_n christ_n jesus_n there_o be_v a_o shadow_n of_o this_o instinct_n in_o all_o plant_n sleep_v bird_n etc._n etc._n in_o that_o they_o live_v in_o winter_n in_o secret_a and_o every_o spring_n put_v forth_o in_o hope_n as_o the_o apostle_n speak_v that_o the_o time_n be_v come_v and_o if_o that_o be_v not_o the_o time_n then_o at_o next_o winter_n they_o retire_v again_o and_o wait_v another_o winter_n just_o as_o man_n do_v rational_o luke_n 24.21_o we_o hope_v that_o this_o have_v be_v he_o etc._n etc._n and_o act._n 1._o mr._n will_v thou_o then_o at_o this_o time_n restore_v the_o kingdom_n to_o israel_n if_o not_o they_o must_v wait_v long_o and_o as_o man_n distinct_o so_o the_o creation_n instinct_o for_o the_o promise_n be_v sure_a to_o both_o verse_n 21._o the_o creature_n itself_o also_o shall_v be_v deliver_v from_o the_o bondage_n of_o corruption_n into_o the_o glorious_a liberty_n of_o the_o son_n of_o god_n see_v again_o the_o creature_n and_o the_o son_n of_o god_n be_v two_o distinct_a thing_n to_o understand_v the_o mind_n of_o the_o word_n note_v first_o that_o bondage_n import_v the_o creature_n come_v into_o this_o condition_n not_o from_o its_o original_a essence_n and_o first_o constitution_n but_o accidental_o and_o violent_o by_o man_n corruption_n sc_n the_o fall_n in_o adam_n second_o note_v that_o corruption_n be_v of_o three_o sort_n ¶_o 1_o in_o a_o physical_a or_o natural_a respect_n as_o now_o the_o nature_n of_o all_o the_o creation_n be_v corruptible_a dissolvable_a fade_a as_o in_o autumn_n winter_n or_o other_o period_n or_o to_o be_v corruptible_a with_o malignant_a quality_n as_o the_o element_n of_o air_n water_n etc._n etc._n and_o plant_n grow_v unwholesome_a etc._n etc._n the_o star_n to_o be_v eclipse_v cloud_v and_o stain_v with_o malevolent_a constellation_n blast_v and_o hurt_v thing_n below_o and_o all_o to_o the_o deface_v of_o their_o glory_n and_o dis-service_n to_o the_o saint_n ¶_o 2_o in_o civil_a respect_n or_o use_n they_o be_v wear_v and_o waste_v and_o weary_v and_o bruise_v for_o the_o use_n of_o man_n as_o land_n cattle_n plant_n etc._n etc._n ¶_o 3_o in_o a_o spiritual_a respect_n so_o by_o the_o sin_n and_o corruption_n yet_o remain_v in_o the_o best_a of_o man_n they_o be_v make_v to_o serve_v for_o sinful_a use_n not_o only_o by_o the_o wicked_a but_o sometime_o by_o the_o saint_n as_o when_o they_o be_v use_v to_o superfluous_a superabounding_a banquet_n or_o to_o please_v our_o pride_n or_o the_o vanity_n of_o our_o mind_n etc._n etc._n §_o 3_o now_o to_o be_v deliver_v from_o this_o corruption_n into_o the_o glorious_a liberty_n of_o the_o son_n of_o god_n import_v that_o as_o the_o saint_n shall_v now_o be_v advance_v to_o the_o full_a liberty_n of_o the_o son_n of_o god_n sc_n they_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o under_o the_o bondage_n of_o infirmity_n of_o nature_n or_o satan_n temptation_n or_o the_o imperiousness_n of_o sin_n or_o the_o violence_n of_o unjust_a man_n but_o shall_v be_v natural_o civil_o and_o spiritual_o free_a from_o have_v receive_v or_o do_v any_o hurt_n their_o state_n shall_v be_v a_o full_a liberty_n and_o a_o glorious_a one_o so_o all_o the_o creature_n of_o the_o whole_a creation_n shall_v partake_v of_o the_o same_o liberty_n thus_o far_o ¶_o 1_o they_o shall_v be_v deliver_v from_o the_o corruption_n and_o fade_v that_o adhere_v to_o their_o nature_n ¶_o 2_o they_o shall_v be_v deliver_v from_o the_o violence_n do_v to_o they_o by_o man_n ¶_o 3_o from_o their_o sinful_a use_n ¶_o 4_o shall_v be_v deliver_v to_o their_o right_a owner_n viz._n to_o the_o second_o adam_n and_o his_o posterity_n who_o shall_v only_o use_v they_o well_o as_o man_n shall_v not_o sweat_v and_o toil_n in_o labour_n which_o be_v the_o curse_n on_o adam_n after_o his_o fall_n and_o therefore_o now_o to_o be_v take_v off_o so_o man_n shall_v not_o oppress_v and_o grieve_v and_o discourage_v the_o creature_n how_o plain_a then_o be_v this_o text_n of_o the_o restauration_n of_o the_o creation_n to_o they_o that_o will_v understand_v and_o this_o be_v never_o yet_o fulfil_v but_o speak_v to_o saint_n as_o yet_o expect_v it_o verse_n 22.23_o the_o creature_n groan_n and_o travel_v in_o pain_n till_o now_o sc_n under_o the_o corruption_n before_o explain_v and_o not_o only_o

notion_n of_o prudential_o in_o divine_a worship_n they_o disregard_n antichrist_n root_n and_o branch_n body_n and_o tail_n §_o 4_o the_o three_o character_n be_v they_o receive_v not_o the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o their_o hand_n or_o forehead_n that_o be_v they_o yield_v not_o subjection_n to_o antichrist_n secret_o or_o open_o neither_o profess_v he_o nor_o contest_v for_o he_o or_o for_o any_o thing_n against_o the_o truth_n all_o these_o three_o character_n be_v here_o give_v to_o take_v in_o all_o saint_n for_o haply_o some_o saint_n have_v somewhat_o subject_v outward_o to_o antichrist_n but_o do_v not_o worship_n some_o perhaps_o have_v not_o subject_v but_o have_v not_o the_o opportunity_n or_o magnanimity_n to_o suffer_v other_o may_v be_v have_v subject_v or_o worship_v and_o after_o repent_v have_v suffer_v §_o 5_o in_o other_o place_n of_o the_o revelation_n instead_o of_o this_o negative_a have_v not_o the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n they_o be_v say_v to_o have_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o lamb_n father_n in_o their_o forehead_n rev._n 14.1_o etc._n etc._n they_o profess_v the_o truth_n of_o god_n with_o faith_n in_o christ_n jesus_n they_o be_v true_o saint_n and_o fear_v the_o name_n of_o god_n which_o be_v the_o cognizance_n of_o those_o that_o shall_v reign_v with_o christ_n rev._n 11.15_o 16_o 17_o 18._o §_o 6_o all_o such_o saint_n shall_v reign_v with_o christ_n as_o we_o have_v say_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o earth_n then_o be_v actual_o and_o absolute_o become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n the_o say_a saint_n on_o earth_n visible_o possess_v the_o power_n and_o dominion_n over_o the_o earth_n for_o a_o thousand_o year_n literal_o and_o proper_o take_v and_o christ_n most_o glorious_o appear_v at_o least_o at_o the_o beginning_n and_o end_v of_o that_o thousand_o year_n though_o we_o can_v yet_o so_o demonstrative_o and_o infallible_o hold_v forth_o that_o he_o shall_v continued_o be_v all_o that_o time_n personal_o present_a upon_o the_o earth_n the_o devil_n the_o mean_a while_n all_o that_o time_n under_o what_o name_n or_o notion_n soever_o either_o as_o a_o cunning_a serpent_n and_o secret_a satanical_a adversary_n be_v as_o a_o open_a violent_a rampant_a dragon_n and_o revile_v devil_n shall_v be_v whole_o and_o absolute_o confine_v and_o restrain_v in_o effect_n act_n and_o person_n from_o the_o precinct_n of_o the_o church_n sectio_fw-la i._n thesis_n exposita_fw-la §_o 1_o per_fw-la sanctos_fw-la nimirum_fw-la electos_fw-la intelligo_fw-la omnes_fw-la tum_fw-la vocatos_fw-la tum_fw-la vocandos_fw-la quorum_fw-la characteres_fw-la sub_fw-la regnantium_fw-la notione_fw-la in_o apocaly_a psi_fw-la ad_fw-la vivum_fw-la subinde_fw-la delineantur_fw-la capite_fw-la nimirum_fw-la 20._o v._n 4._o ad_fw-la hunc_fw-la modum_fw-la vidi_n sedes_fw-la &_o sederunt_fw-la super_fw-la eas_fw-la &_o judicium_fw-la datum_fw-la est_fw-la iis_fw-la &_o animas_fw-la eorum_fw-la qui_fw-la securi_fw-la percussi_fw-la sunt_fw-la propter_fw-la testi_fw-la monium_fw-la jesus_n et_fw-la propter_fw-la sermonem_fw-la dei_fw-la quique_fw-la non_fw-fr adorarunt_fw-la bestiam_fw-la neque_fw-la imaginem_fw-la ejus_fw-la nec_fw-la acceperunt_fw-la characterem_fw-la in_o fron_n tibus_fw-la suis_fw-la aut_fw-la in_o manibus_fw-la suis_fw-la viventque_fw-la &_o regnabunt_fw-la cum_fw-la christo_fw-la mille_fw-la annis_fw-la capite_fw-la vero_fw-la 11._o v._n 15_o 16_o 17_o 18._o ad_fw-la hunc_fw-la modum_fw-la septimus_n igitur_fw-la angelus_n clanxit_fw-la &_o factae_fw-la sunt_fw-la voces_fw-la magnae_fw-la in_o caelum_fw-la dicentes_fw-la facta_fw-la sunt_fw-la regna_fw-la mundi_fw-la regna_fw-la domini_fw-la nostri_fw-la &_o christi_fw-la ejus_fw-la qui_fw-la regnabit_fw-la in_o secula_fw-la seculorum_fw-la tum_o viginti_fw-la quatuor_fw-la illi_fw-la senes_fw-la qui_fw-la in_o conspectu_fw-la dei_fw-la sedent_fw-la in_o sedibus_fw-la suis_fw-la prociderunt_fw-la in_o facies_fw-la svas_fw-la &_o adorarunt_fw-la deum_fw-la dicentes_fw-la gratias_fw-la agimus_fw-la tibi_fw-la domine_fw-la deus_fw-la omnipot●ns_fw-la qui_fw-la es_fw-la &_o qui_fw-la eras_fw-la &_o qui_fw-fr when_fw-mi turus_fw-la es_fw-la quod_fw-la adeptus_fw-la sis_fw-la potentiam_fw-la tuam_fw-la magnam_fw-la &_o regnum_fw-la inieris_fw-la &_o iratae_fw-la sunt_fw-la gentes_fw-la &_o advenit_fw-la ira_fw-la tua_fw-la &_o praestitutum_fw-la tempus_fw-la mortuorum_fw-la ut_fw-la judicentur_fw-la &_o des_fw-fr mercedem_fw-la servis_n tuis_fw-la prophetis_fw-la &_o sanctis_fw-la &_o timentibus_fw-la nomen_fw-la tuum_fw-la paruis_fw-la &_o magnis_fw-la §_o 5_o apocalypse_v denique_fw-la capite_fw-la 14._o v._n 1._o etc._n etc._n ità_fw-la depinguntur_fw-la tunc_fw-la aspexi_fw-la &_o ecce_fw-la aderat_fw-la angelus_n stans_fw-la super_fw-la montem_fw-la zion_n &_o cum_fw-la eo_fw-la centum_fw-la quadraginta_fw-la quatuor_fw-la millia_fw-la habentia_fw-la nomen_fw-la patris_fw-la ejus_fw-la scriptum_fw-la in_o frontibus_fw-la suis_fw-la empti_fw-la sunt_fw-la e_fw-la terrâ_fw-la non_fw-la sunt_fw-la inquinati_fw-la mulieribus_fw-la sequuntur_fw-la agnum_fw-la etc._n etc._n venit_fw-la hora_fw-la judicii_fw-la svi_fw-la etc._n etc._n cecidit_fw-la babylon_n etc._n etc._n beati_fw-la ab_fw-la hocce_fw-la tempore_fw-la mortui_fw-la two_o qui_fw-la domini_fw-la causa_fw-la mortui_fw-la sunt_fw-la etc._n etc._n aderat_fw-la nubes_fw-la candida_fw-la &_o nubi_fw-la insidebat_fw-la quidam_fw-la similis_fw-la homini_fw-la &_o demessa_fw-la est_fw-la terra_fw-la §_o 6_o omnes_fw-la inquam_fw-la hosce_fw-la splendidè_fw-la regnaturos_fw-la cum_fw-la jesus_n christo_n quibuslibet_fw-la terrarum_fw-la dynastiis_fw-la actu_fw-la absoluté_fw-fr que_fw-fr in_o illius_fw-la aliquantisper_fw-la apparentis_fw-la potestatem_fw-la succedentibus_fw-la visibiliter_fw-la possidentes_fw-la ut_fw-la dan._n 7.27_o regna_fw-la dominatus_fw-la eorundemque_fw-la sub_fw-la toto_fw-la caelum_fw-la amplitudinem_fw-la mille_fw-la annis_fw-la ad_fw-la literam_fw-la propriè_fw-la acceptis_fw-la diabolo_fw-it intereà_fw-la tempor_fw-la be_v ab_fw-la ecclesiae_fw-la finibus_fw-la omnimodè_fw-la ablegato_fw-la chap._n ii_o this_o opinion_n be_v not_o guilty_a of_o novelty_n or_o singularity_n cap._n ii_o §_o 1_o to_o remove_n in_o the_o first_o place_n the_o prejudice_n that_o lie_v heavy_a upon_o this_o position_n of_o novelty_n and_o singularity_n we_o shall_v produce_v approve_v antiquity_n both_o afore_o and_o since_o christ_n with_o a_o multitude_n of_o late_a worthy_n almost_o in_o every_o age_n hitherto_o congratulate_v with_o this_o truth_n §_o 2_o any_o of_o which_o we_o intend_v not_o for_o proof_n which_o be_v defer_v till_o the_o three_o chapter_n of_o this_o first_o book_n but_o especial_o to_o the_o whole_a three_o book_n but_o to_o remove_v impediment_n from_o man_n mind_n and_o to_o clear_v their_o understanding_n from_o a_o averse_a waywardnesse_n of_o spirit_n and_o so_o to_o reconcile_v they_o to_o a_o patient_a attention_n and_o tractable_a docility_n hanc_fw-la thesin_n ne_fw-la statim_fw-la in_o ipso_fw-la limine_fw-la tanquam_fw-la privata_fw-la cujusdam_fw-la opiniola_fw-es tam_fw-la novitatis_fw-la quàm_fw-la singularitatis_fw-la rea_fw-la condemnetur_fw-la prius_fw-la quàm_fw-la i_o demonstrationi_fw-la accinxero_fw-la numeroso_fw-la constipatam_fw-la satellitio_fw-la eruditae_fw-la antiquitatis_fw-la tàm_fw-la ante_fw-la quàm_fw-la post_fw-la christum_fw-la editae_fw-la in_o medium_n proferam_fw-la 1._o section_n of_o hebrew_n antiquity_n §_o 1_o for_o the_o hebrew_n antiquity_n to_o be_v set_v for_o seniority_n sake_n in_o part_n in_o the_o front_n we_o have_v divers_a whereof_o the_o first_o be_v the_o targum_fw-la or_o chalde_a paraphrase_n which_o take_v its_o beginning_n from_o the_o jew_n captivity_n in_o babylon_n where_o their_o native_a hebrew_n tongue_n grow_v out_o of_o use_n so_o that_o the_o generality_n of_o they_o far_o better_a understand_v the_o chalde_a then_o the_o hebrew_n the_o targum_fw-la have_v many_o pertinence_n to_o the_o point_n in_o hand_n especial_o if_o we_o compare_v several_a copy_n of_o it_o for_o there_o be_v a_o manuscript_n targum_fw-la which_o upon_o ester_n ch._n 1._o reckon_v up_o the_o several_a monarchy_n that_o have_v and_o shall_v be_v from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o world_n unto_o the_o end_n thereof_o make_v the_o computation_n thus_o the_o first_o monarchy_n be_v of_o god_n second_o under_o nimrod_n three_o under_o pharaoh_n four_o under_o solomon_n five_o under_o nabuchadnezzar_n six_o under_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n seven_o under_o alexander_n the_o great_a eight_o under_o julius_n caesar_n the_o nine_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o messia_n or_o christ_n where_o observe_v how_o the_o jew_n place_n the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o order_n after_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n and_o to_o be_v on_o earth_n as_o the_o former_a be_v but_o least_o this_o copy_n be_v a_o manuscript_n and_o so_o hide_v from_o the_o eye_n of_o most_o shall_v carry_v the_o less_o authority_n with_o it_o let_v we_o consult_v the_o targum_fw-la that_o look_v all_o the_o learned_a in_o the_o face_n §_o 2_o the_o babylonian_a targum_fw-la or_o ordinary_a chalde_a paraphrase_n faith_n upon_o gen._n 49.10_o that_o christ_n shall_v come_v who_o be_v the_o kingdom_n and_o he_o shall_v the_o people_n obey_v observe_v the_o plural_a peoples_n that_o be_v the_o nation_n indefinite_o §_o 3_o which_o the_o jerusalem_n targum_fw-la express_v more_o literal_o and_o universal_o the_o king_n christ_n shall_v come_v who_o be_v the_o kingdom_n and_o all_o mark_v the_o universality_n king_n mark_v the_o person_n

shall_v be_v subject_a unto_o he_o viz._n so_o as_o the_o same_o jerusalem_n targum_fw-la expound_v on_o the_o 11._o verse_n of_o that_o 49._o of_o gen._n that_o those_o king_n and_o prince_n that_o will_v not_o be_v subject_a unto_o he_o he_o shall_v kill_v make_v the_o universe_n red_a with_o the_o blood_n of_o their_o slain_n and_o the_o hill_n white_a with_o the_o fat_a of_o their_o mighty_a man_n etc._n etc._n but_o these_o thing_n be_v not_o fulfil_v at_o christ_n be_v on_o the_o earth_n in_o the_o flesh_n it_o be_v above_o three_o hundred_o year_n after_o ere_o one_o king_n or_o nation_n be_v subject_a unto_o christ_n viz._n in_o the_o time_n of_o constantine_n the_o great_a except_o some_o sprinkling_n of_o convert_v here_o and_o there_o call_v church_n the_o nation_n and_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n either_o take_v no_o cognizance_n of_o his_o interest_n or_o else_o persecute_v it_o even_o as_o to_o this_o day_n they_o do_v even_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o world_n for_o one_o that_o own_v he_o neither_o have_v christ_n yet_o take_v that_o material_a and_o sensible_a vengeance_n on_o they_o by_o kill_v the_o disobedient_a in_o order_n to_o a_o bring_n in_o of_o the_o rest_n into_o a_o visible_a subjection_n to_o he_o §_o 4_o last_o paraphra_v jonathan_n in_o his_o chalde_a paraphrase_n of_o hos_n 14.8_o have_v these_o word_n they_o speak_v of_o the_o jew_n shall_v be_v gather_v together_o from_o out_o of_o the_o midst_n of_o their_o captivity_n they_o shall_v dwell_v under_o the_o shadow_n of_o their_o christ_n and_o the_o dead_a shall_v live_v and_o good_a shall_v grow_v in_o the_o earth_n and_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o memorial_n of_o their_o goodness_n fructify_a and_o never_o fail_v as_o the_o remembrance_n of_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o trumpet_n over_o the_o old_a wine_n which_o be_v wont_a to_o be_v offer_v in_o the_o sanctuary_n which_o thing_n be_v never_o yet_o fulfil_v on_o earth_n we_o forbear_v to_o quote_v more_o out_o of_o their_o targum_fw-la or_o chalde_a paraphrase_n now_o because_o we_o shall_v afterward_o oft_o cast_v a_o eye_n upon_o it_o in_o our_o discuss_v of_o several_a scripture_n that_o tend_v to_o the_o proof_n of_o the_o point_n in_o hand_n §_o 5_o to_o this_o let_v i_o add_v a_o touch_n out_o of_o the_o capitula_fw-la of_o rabbi_n eliezar_n the_o great_a because_o near_o of_o the_o same_o antiquity_n with_o the_o former_a his_o word_n be_v these_o as_o i_o live_v say_v jehovah_n i_o will_v raise_v you_o speak_v of_o the_o jew_n up_o in_o the_o time_n to_o come_v in_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o dead_a and_o i_o will_v gather_v you_o will_v all_z israel_n §_o 6_o you_o see_v both_o do_v harmonise_v to_o the_o same_o tune_n the_o effect_n of_o their_o word_n the_o same_o which_o be_v not_o yet_o fulfil_v in_o as_o much_o as_o to_o this_o day_n the_o generality_n of_o the_o jew_n have_v not_o own_v any_o messia_n to_o be_v come_v in_o the_o flesh_n but_o refuse_v the_o messia_n joh._n 1.11_o according_a as_o it_o be_v fore-prophesied_n esa_n 53.3_o he_o be_v despise_v and_o reject_v of_o man_n and_o the_o remnant_n of_o believe_a jew_n never_o since_o as_o yet_o see_v that_o particular_a resurrection_n of_o the_o dead_a or_o that_o their_o gather_v together_o out_o of_o the_o midst_n of_o their_o captivity_n or_o that_o general_a good_a in_o the_o earth_n and_o therefore_o according_a to_o the_o scripture_n of_o which_o by_o and_o by_o these_o thing_n be_v yet_o to_o come_v afore_o the_o last_o and_o general_a resurrection_n §_o 7_o of_o hebrew_n antiquity_n since_o the_o incarnation_n of_o christ_n namely_o their_o two_o talmud_n their_o sedar_n olam_n be_v of_o the_o same_o age_n near_o upon_o with_o the_o babylonish_n something_a of_o which_o talmud_n be_v extant_a near_o the_o apostle_n time_n if_o not_o ancient_a and_o of_o other_o rabbin_n we_o shall_v give_v you_o a_o account_n in_o divers_a particular_n in_o gemara_n sanhedrin_n r._n ketina_n have_v say_v in_o the_o last_o of_o the_o thousand_o of_o year_n of_o the_o world_n continuance_n the_o world_n shall_v be_v destroy_v of_o which_o it_o be_v say_v esa_n 2.11.17_o the_o lord_z only_a shall_v be_v exalt_v in_o that_o day_n and_o tradition_n agree_v with_o r._n ketina_n even_o as_o every_o seven_o year_n of_o seven_o year_n be_v a_o year_n of_o release_n so_o of_o the_o seven_o thousand_o year_n of_o the_o world_n the_o seven_o thousand_o year_n shall_v be_v the_o thousand_o of_o release_n as_o it_o be_v say_v and_o the_o lord_n alone_o shall_v be_v exalt_v in_o that_o day_n likewise_o that_o psalm_n namely_o the_o 92._o be_v say_v to_o be_v a_o psalm_n or_o song_n for_o the_o sabbath_n day_n that_o be_v the_o day_n that_o be_v nothing_o else_o but_o rest._n asdruball_n also_o it_o be_v say_v viz._n psal_n 90._o a_o thousand_o year_n in_o thy_o sight_n be_v but_o as_o yesterday_o by_o which_o it_o be_v plain_a to_o acute_a observer_n that_o the_o ancient_a rabbinicall_a jew_n do_v clear_o understand_v the_o prophecy_n of_o isaiah_n in_o chap._n 2._o of_o the_o exaltation_n of_o the_o lord_n twice_o there_o repeat_v as_o mean_v of_o the_o great_a day_n which_o some_o rabbin_n call_v the_o day_n of_o judgement_n other_o the_o day_n of_o messia_n other_o the_o day_n of_o the_o renovation_n of_o the_o world_n and_o of_o the_o reign_v of_o christ_n which_o be_v elegant_o and_o emphatical_o there_o limb_v in_o its_o colour_n to_o the_o life_n as_o it_o will_v more_o shine_v forth_o when_o we_o come_v to_o a_o accurate_a discuss_v of_o that_o chapter_n in_o mid●asch_n tehillim_n upon_o the_o 90._o psal_n v._o 15._o we_o thus_o read_v make_v we_o glad_a according_a to_o the_o day_n wherein_o thou_o have_v afflict_a we_o that_o be_v by_o the_o babylonian_n the_o grecian_n and_o the_o roman_n and_o that_o in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o messiah_n and_o how_o many_o be_v the_o day_n of_o the_o messiah_n r._n jehosuas_n say_v that_o they_o be_v two_o thousand_o year_n and_o it_o be_v say_v according_a to_o the_o day_n wherein_o thou_o have_v humble_v we_o that_o be_v according_a to_o two_o day_n for_o one_o day_n of_o the_o holy_a and_o bless_a god_n be_v a_o thousand_o year_n according_a to_o that_o because_o a_o thousand_o year_n in_o thy_o sight_n be_v but_o as_o yesterday_o the_o rabbin_n also_o have_v say_v that_o according_a to_o the_o time_n to_o come_v the_o day_n of_o the_o messiah_n shall_v be_v one_o for_o god_n which_o be_v holy_a and_o bless_a in_o the_o future_a that_o be_v age_n shall_v make_v one_o day_n to_o himself_o of_o which_o we_o read_v zech._n 14._o and_o there_o shall_v be_v one_o day_n which_o shall_v be_v know_v to_o the_o lord_n not_o day_n nor_o night_n and_o it_o shall_v be_v at_o the_o evening-time_n light_n this_o day_n be_v the_o age_n or_o world_n to_o come_v and_o the_o quicken_a of_o the_o dead_a §_o 9_o in_o their_o book_n call_v berachoth_o we_o find_v this_o benzuma_n say_v it_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v that_o israel_n shall_v not_o remember_v their_o departure_n out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o egypt_n in_o the_o world_n to_o come_v and_o in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o messiah_n mark_v diligent_o how_o by_o world_n to_o come_v they_o understand_v a_o time_n on_o earth_n as_o paul_n have_v it_o twice_o viz_o heb_fw-mi 1.6_o heb._n 2.5_o the_o inhabit_a world_n to_o come_v so_o the_o greek_a so_o the_o sense_n for_o no_o man_n can_v imagine_v that_o heaven_n above_o shall_v be_v put_v in_o subjection_n to_o the_o angel_n so_o as_o to_o need_v the_o apostle_n apology_n there_o to_o prevent_v such_o a_o imagination_n and_o how_o say_v the_o rabbin_n in_o that_o berachoth_v do_v this_o appear_v by_o that_o which_o be_v write_v in_o j●rem_n 23._o behold_v the_o day_n come_v that_o they_o shall_v say_v no_o more_o the_o lord_n live_v which_o bring_v the_o child_n of_o israel_n up_o out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o egypt_n &_o which_o wise_a man_n interpret_v thus_o not_o as_o if_o the_o name_n of_o egypt_n shall_v be_v blot_v out_o but_o because_o the_o wonder_n which_o shall_v be_v effect_v in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o messia_n shall_v principal_o be_v remember_v and_o their_o departure_n out_o of_o egypt_n less_o §_o 10_o note_n by_o the_o way_n that_o it_o be_v not_o agree_v among_o the_o rabbin_n in_o what_o thousand_n year_n of_o the_o world_n the_o say_a day_n of_o judgement_n or_o of_o messiah_n or_o renovation_n of_o the_o world_n shall_v be_v some_o say_v further_o off_o in_o the_o seven_o other_o near_o in_o the_o sixth_o but_o other_o about_o the_o five_o §_o 11_o but_o to_o go_v on_o the_o tradition_n of_o the_o house_n of_o elijah_n be_v those_o just_a one_o who_o god_n shall_v raise_v